WO2024031547A1 - Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus - Google Patents

Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024031547A1
WO2024031547A1 PCT/CN2022/111822 CN2022111822W WO2024031547A1 WO 2024031547 A1 WO2024031547 A1 WO 2024031547A1 CN 2022111822 W CN2022111822 W CN 2022111822W WO 2024031547 A1 WO2024031547 A1 WO 2024031547A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
transmission configuration
configuration indication
aperiodic
tci
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/111822
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵帝
张健
张磊
Original Assignee
富士通株式会社
赵帝
张健
张磊
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通株式会社, 赵帝, 张健, 张磊 filed Critical 富士通株式会社
Priority to PCT/CN2022/111822 priority Critical patent/WO2024031547A1/en
Publication of WO2024031547A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024031547A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of this application relate to the field of communication technology.
  • unified TCI in Rel-17 is mainly designed for sTRP (single transmission and reception point) scenarios.
  • TRP multiple transmission and reception point
  • mTRP transmission includes mTRP transmission based on single DCI (single Downlink Control Information, sDCI) and mTRP transmission based on multiple DCI (multiple DCI, mDCI).
  • one DCI schedules the uplink and downlink transmission of two TRPs, which is more suitable for situations where the backhaul between TRPs is ideal.
  • two TRPs use two DCIs to schedule the uplink and downlink transmission of their respective TRPs respectively, which is more suitable for situations where the backhaul between TRPs is not ideal.
  • the uplink TCI state (indicated TCI state) is mapped to aperiodic SRS transmission, which will cause the transmission of aperiodic CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS to be ambiguous which TCI state is used as the QCL reference, reducing the reliability of communication.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for receiving and transmitting aperiodic reference signals to improve the reliability of terminal equipment in receiving aperiodic reference signals in downlink and transmitting aperiodic reference signals in uplink.
  • a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals configured in a terminal equipment, and the device includes:
  • a first receiving unit that receives a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • a second receiving unit that receives a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the third receiving unit receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • a device for sending aperiodic reference signals configured in network equipment, and the device includes:
  • a first sending unit that sends a first DCI, the first DCI including a TCI field indicating at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • a second sending unit that sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • a third sending unit is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • a device for sending aperiodic reference signals configured in a terminal equipment, and the device includes:
  • a first receiving unit that receives a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • a second receiving unit that receives a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • a sending unit is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals configured in network equipment, and the device includes:
  • a first sending unit that sends a first DCI, the first DCI including a TCI field indicating at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • a second sending unit that sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • a receiving unit that receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • One of the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application is that according to the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals; How to select a quasi-co-located reference for periodic reference signals creates ambiguity, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment receiving aperiodic reference signals in the downlink and transmitting aperiodic reference signals in the uplink by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic CSI-RS;
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic SRS
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a receiving device for aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a receiving device for aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or temporal order of these elements, and these elements should not be used by these terms. restricted.
  • the term “and/or” includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed terms.
  • the terms “comprises,” “includes,” “having” and the like refer to the presence of stated features, elements, elements or components but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
  • the term “communication network” or “wireless communication network” may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE, Long Term Evolution), Long Term Evolution Enhanced (LTE-A, LTE- Advanced), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), 5G (5Generation) New Wireless (NR, New Radio), etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution Enhanced
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • High-speed Packet Access High-speed Packet Access
  • the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to the communication protocol at any stage.
  • it can include but is not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G, 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and 5G new wireless, etc. etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
  • Network device refers to a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services to the terminal device.
  • Network equipment may include but is not limited to the following equipment: base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), transmission and reception point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, wireless network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller), etc.
  • the base station may include but is not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), etc.
  • it may also include remote radio head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay or low-power node (such as femeto, pico, etc.).
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • relay or low-power node such as femeto, pico, etc.
  • base station may include some or all of their functions, each of which may provide communications coverage to a specific geographic area.
  • the term "cell” may refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
  • the term "user equipment” (UE, User Equipment) or “terminal equipment” (TE, Terminal Equipment or Terminal Device) refers to a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services.
  • Terminal equipment can be fixed or mobile, and can also be called mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), terminal, subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), station, etc.
  • the terminal equipment may include but is not limited to the following equipment: cellular phone (Cellular Phone), personal digital assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modem, wireless communication equipment, handheld device, machine-type communication equipment, laptop computer, Cordless phones, smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
  • cellular phone Cellular Phone
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • wireless modem wireless communication equipment
  • handheld device machine-type communication equipment
  • laptop computer Cordless phones
  • Cordless phones smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
  • the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring.
  • the terminal device can include but is not limited to: Machine Type Communication (MTC) terminals, Vehicle communication terminals, device-to-device (D2D, Device to Device) terminals, machine-to-machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminals, etc.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • network side refers to one side of the network, which may be a certain base station or may include one or more network devices as above.
  • user side or “terminal side” or “terminal device side” refers to the side of the user or terminal, which may be a certain UE or may include one or more terminal devices as above.
  • device can refer to network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application, schematically illustrating the case of terminal equipment and network equipment as examples.
  • the communication system 100 may include a first TRP 101, a second TRP 102 and a terminal.
  • Device 103 the first TRP 101 and the second TRP 102 can be network devices.
  • Figure 1 only takes two TRPs (network devices) and one terminal device as an example for illustration, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • existing services or services that can be implemented in the future can be transmitted between the first TRP 101, the second TRP 102 and the terminal device 103.
  • these services may include but are not limited to: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB, enhanced Mobile Broadband), massive machine type communication (mMTC, massive Machine Type Communication) and high-reliability and low-latency communication (URLLC, Ultra-Reliable and Low -Latency Communication), etc.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • mMTC massive Machine Type Communication
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable and Low -Latency Communication
  • the network device uses RRC signaling to configure M (M ⁇ 1) TCI states (TCI states) for the terminal device, and uses the MAC CE (Media Access Control Control Unit) ) activates N (1 ⁇ N ⁇ M) TCI states among M TCI states, and uses DCI (downlink control information) to indicate L (1 ⁇ L ⁇ N) TCI states among N TCI states.
  • M M
  • M TCI states
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Control Unit
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the TCI field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 indicates one or more TCI states.
  • DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 can schedule downlink data, which is called DCI format 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment, or it can not schedule downlink data, which is called DCI format 1_1/1_2 without DL assignment.
  • a TCI state can include or correspond to one or two source reference signals (source RS, source Reference Signal).
  • the source reference signal can provide quasi co-location (QCL, Quasi Co-Location) information for downlink reception, which is called the downlink source reference signal.
  • the source reference signal can provide a reference for the uplink transmission spatial filter (UL TX spatial filter, uplink transmission spatial filter) and is called the uplink source reference signal.
  • the source reference signal can provide beam information for the destination channel/signal.
  • the beam used by the terminal device to receive the destination channel/signal is the same as the beam used to receive the downlink source reference signal.
  • the beam used by the terminal equipment to transmit the destination channel/signal is the same as the beam used to transmit the uplink source reference signal.
  • the beam used by the terminal equipment to transmit the destination channel/signal and the beam used to receive the downlink source reference signal have reciprocity, that is, the beams are the same but in opposite directions. Therefore, the indication or update of the TCI status actually includes the indication or update of the beam used by the terminal device.
  • the TCI state includes joint TCI state (joint DL/UL TCI state), downlink TCI state (DL only TCI state) and uplink TCI state (UL only TCI state).
  • the source reference signal included in the downlink TCI state is the downlink source reference signal
  • the source reference signal included in the uplink TCI state is the uplink source reference signal
  • the source reference signal included in the joint TCI state is both the downlink source reference signal and the uplink source reference signal.
  • the joint TCI state affects both the downlink beam (receive beam) and the uplink beam (transmit beam).
  • the downlink beam and the uplink beam use the same beam, but the beam directions are opposite, that is, there is reciprocity between the uplink and downlink beams.
  • the downlink TCI status only affects the downlink beam.
  • the uplink TCI status only affects the uplink beam.
  • the uplink beam is also called the uplink transmit spatial filter.
  • the TCI field may indicate the joint TCI state (joint DL/UL TCI state), or the TCI field may indicate the independent TCI state (separate DL/UL TCI state), that is, indicating the downlink TCI state and/or the uplink TCI state, indicating the joint TCI state or Indicating independent TCI status can be configured through RRC signaling.
  • a TCI field indicates a combined TCI status (equivalent to indicating both the downlink TCI status and the uplink TCI status), or indicates a downlink TCI status, or indicates an uplink TCI status, or indicates One downstream TCI state and one upstream TCI state.
  • FIG. 1 gives a schematic illustration of mTRP-based PDSCH reception.
  • the terminal equipment 103 receives two PDSCHs from the first TRP 101 and the second TRP 102, which may be in the form of space division, time division or frequency division.
  • the terminal equipment 103 receives two PDSCHs according to the QCL information provided by TCI state 1 and TCI state 2 respectively.
  • the downlink or combined TCI state can provide QCL information for at least UE-specific PDSCH reception and UE-specific PDCCH reception; the uplink or combined TCI state can at least provide UE-specific PUSCH transmission or UE-specific
  • the PUCCH is sent to provide QCL information.
  • the TCI status configured by Rel-17 for downlink reception and the TCI status configured for uplink transmission can be activated in the MAC CE.
  • Up to 8 groups of TCI status can be activated, each group has 1 or 2 TCI status.
  • For each group with 1 TCI status one of the downlink TCI status, uplink TCI status, or combined TCI status will be specified; for each group with 2 TCI status, one is the downlink TCI status, and the other is Uplink TCI status.
  • unified TCI only applies to sTRP scenarios. Considering the importance of mTRP, it is necessary to design a corresponding unified TCI mechanism for mTRP scenarios. 3GPP will standardize the unified TCI of mTRP in Rel-18. At present, mTRP's unified TCI has been identified as one of the project contents of Rel-18, and the standardization work of Rel-18 has just begun.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • TRS Tracking Reference Signal
  • BM beam management
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • CSI-RS can be divided into periodic CSI-RS (periodic CSI-RS), semi-persistent CSI-RS (semi-persistent CSI-RS), aperiodic CSI-RS (aperiodic CSI-RS).
  • aperiodic CSI-RS requires the CSI request (CSI request) field of DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 to be triggered and then start transmission.
  • SRS Soliding Reference Signal
  • SRS is a type of uplink reference signal. According to different time domain behaviors, SRS can be divided into periodic SRS (periodic CSI-RS), semi-persistent SRS (semi-persistent SRS), and aperiodic SRS ( aperiodic SRS). Among them, aperiodic SRS requires the SRS request (SRS request) field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 to be triggered and then start transmission.
  • SRS request SRS request
  • aperiodic CSI-RS used to obtain channel state information and aperiodic CSI-RS used for BM (beam management) can Share the TCI state used to schedule downlink reception.
  • the downlink reception here may be the downlink data channel PDSCH or the downlink control channel PDCCH, but is not limited thereto. That is to say, the joint TCI state or downlink TCI state in a set of TCI states indicated by the TCI field of DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 can be used for PDSCH, PDCCH, and aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • aperiodic SRS signals can share the TCI state used to schedule uplink transmission.
  • the uplink transmission here may be the uplink data channel PUSCH or the uplink control channel PUCCH, but is not limited thereto. That is to say, the joint TCI state or the uplink TCI state in a group of TCI indicated by the TCI field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 can be used by PUSCH, can be used by PUCCH, can be used by PUSCH.
  • Non-periodic SRS is used.
  • the unified TCI of mTRP needs to be able to indicate the TCI status of two TRPs as well as the TCI status of one TRP.
  • a set of TCI states activated on the MAC-CE can provide QCL information for downlink reception and/or uplink transmission for multiple TRPs (2 TRPs in Rel-18).
  • DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 has indicated 2 downstream TCI states, or has indicated 2 joint TCI states, or has indicated 1 joint TCI state and 1 downstream TCI state
  • the downlink indicated TCI state indicated by DCI is mapped to aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires a clear mapping method for aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • joint TCI states that is, joint TCI 1 and joint TCI 2, column 1 in Figure 2
  • TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic CSI-RS
  • downlink TCI states i.e. DL TCI 1 and DL TCI 2, column 2 in Figure 2
  • TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic CSI-RS
  • DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 2_2 has indicated 2 upstream TCI states, or has indicated 2 joint TCI states, or has indicated 1 joint TCI state and 1 upstream TCI state
  • there is no mechanism to determine which joint TCI state or uplink TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS. that is, it is not determined how to map the upstream indicated TCI state indicated by DCI to aperiodic SRS.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic SRS.
  • joint TCI states that is, joint TCI 1 and joint TCI 2, column 1 in Figure 3
  • TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS
  • uplink TCI states i.e. UL TCI 1 and UL TCI 2, column 2 in Figure 3
  • TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS
  • embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for receiving and transmitting aperiodic reference signals.
  • the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings and specific implementation modes.
  • TCI status for uplink transmission (UL TX)
  • TX spatial filter (UL TX spatial filter)
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, which is applied on the terminal equipment side.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI.
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field.
  • the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the terminal device receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the terminal device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the first DCI may include a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status.
  • the second DCI may be DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2.
  • the second DCI may include a field used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal, which is called a reference signal request field.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the first DCI and the second DCI may also be in other formats, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal equipment receives the aperiodic reference signal with a QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states.
  • the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • the above reference signal request field is called "CSI request field".
  • the application is not limited to this, and the aperiodic reference signal may also be other downlink reference signals.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS as an example.
  • the TCI field of the first DCI may indicate at least one of the following situations:
  • Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one downlink TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively).
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12). That is, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12), and the second DCI contains a non-periodic reference signal for triggering Reference signal request field, the terminal device uses the QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the application is not limited to this, and the at least two TCI states mentioned above may also include other situations or other combinations of the above situations.
  • the first downlink is sent by the first TRP. It can also be said that the first downlink corresponds to the first TRP, such as the first TRP 101 in the example shown in Figure 1, and the second downlink is sent by the second TRP. TRP is issued, it can also be said that the second downlink corresponds to the second TRP, such as the second TRP 102 in the example shown in Figure 1.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the first downlink and the second downlink may also have other expressions, as long as they are respectively associated with the first TRP and the second TRP.
  • the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the terminal device uses a predefined TCI state (first TCI state or second TCI state) as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device always selects the first TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal equipment always selects the first joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal equipment always selects the first downlink TCI state; for the above situation 5), the terminal equipment always selects the first joint TCI state.
  • the terminal device always selects the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal equipment always selects the second joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state; for the above situation 5), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state. 2 downlink TCI states; for the above situation 7), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state; for the above situation 11), the terminal equipment always selects the downlink TCI state; for the above situation 12), the terminal equipment always selects Joint TCI status.
  • the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time. That is, the terminal device uses the same TCI state as the one used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time. Different TCI states are used as QCL references to receive aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time is When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device alternately selects the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device may also receive first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the above-mentioned default TCI state is the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
  • the first indication information can be a reset command, called "reset TCI for CSI reset command".
  • the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference by default to receive aperiodic CSI-RS, and the current selection situation is recorded on the terminal device side; in the second aperiodic CSI-RS
  • the second TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS;
  • the third aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS;
  • the second TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • the selection is alternately selected
  • the above reset command may be sent multiple times, and each time the terminal device receives the reset command, it uses the default TCI state as the QCL reference when the aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered for the first time.
  • the second DCI further includes a first indication field, which is used to indicate the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal equipment uses the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the TCI state indicated by the first indication field is the aforementioned first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the TCI status indicated by the first indication field may also be other TCI status among the aforementioned at least two TCIs.
  • the first indication field may be a newly added field in the second DCI, which may be called "mapping TCI to CSI", for example.
  • the field length of the first indication field may be 1 bit, and is used to indicate which TCI state the terminal device selects as the QCL reference of the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference. Receive aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference. Reference receives aperiodic reference signals.
  • the following table shows the value and corresponding meaning of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field.
  • the terminal device when the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first downlink (corresponding to the first TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the first TCI state; when When the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second downlink (corresponding to the second TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the second TCI state.
  • the terminal device when the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state for downlink reception corresponding to the second downlink (corresponding to the second TRP), that is, the second TCI state; when the " When the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first downlink (corresponding to the first TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the first TCI state.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • non-mTRP such as the case of sTRP
  • it can also be added in the second DCI.
  • a new "mapping TCI to CSI" field is added to the second DCI.
  • the value of this field is fixed to a certain fixed value, such as 0. Therefore, the terminal device always selects the user corresponding to a certain downlink (corresponding to a certain TRP).
  • the TCI state received in the downlink is used as a QCL reference to receive aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal equipment uses the information related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the QCL reference receives the aperiodic reference signal, which can avoid the ambiguity of the terminal equipment in how to select the quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's downlink reception of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, which is applied to the network device side and is a process on the network device side corresponding to the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, wherein the content is the same as that of the embodiment of the first aspect. No longer.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
  • the network device sends the first DCI.
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field.
  • the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the network device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the above-mentioned at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • a downlink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the network device always uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference or always uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a different TCI state than the TCI state used for the last time the aperiodic reference signal was transmitted. That is, the network device alternately uses different TCI states as QCL references to send aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the network device may also send first indication information, through which the terminal device is instructed to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • the default TCI state may be the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time after receiving the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be a reset command, which may be called "reset TCI for CSI".
  • "Command after each time the terminal device receives the reset command, when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time, the default TCI state is used as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal. After that, it is used alternately and is different from the last time.
  • the TCI status serves as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal until the next reset command is received.
  • the second DCI further includes a first indication field that indicates a TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device can use the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the TCI state indicated by the first indication field may be the aforementioned first TCI state, the aforementioned second TCI state, or other TCI states among the aforementioned at least two TCI states. This application provides There is no restriction on this.
  • the field width of the first indication field may be 1 bit.
  • the network device when the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device uses the second TCI Status sends aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
  • the network device when the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device uses the first TCI status sends aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
  • the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI may be DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field may be CSI request; the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • the first DCI and the second DCI can also be in other formats, the aperiodic reference signal can be other downlink reference signals, and the corresponding reference signal request field can also have other names.
  • the network device uses the first TCI state or the second TCI Sending the aperiodic reference signal in the state as a QCL reference can avoid ambiguity in network equipment about how to select a quasi-co-located reference for sending aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment's downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending aperiodic reference signals, which is applied on the terminal equipment side.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI.
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field.
  • the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the terminal device receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the terminal device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment for uplink transmission of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the first DCI may include a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status.
  • the second DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2.
  • the second DCI may include a field for triggering the aperiodic reference signal, which is called a reference signal request field.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the first DCI and the second DCI may also be in other formats, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal equipment sends the aperiodic reference signal with a QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states.
  • the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic SRS.
  • the above reference signal request field is called "SRS request field".
  • the application is not limited to this, and the aperiodic reference signal may also be other uplink reference signals.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is an aperiodic SRS as an example.
  • the TCI field of the first DCI may indicate at least one of the following situations:
  • Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one downlink TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
  • An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively).
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14). That is, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14), and the second DCI contains a non-periodic reference signal for triggering Reference signal request field, the terminal device uses the QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the application is not limited to this, and the at least two TCI states mentioned above may also include other situations or other combinations of the above situations.
  • the first uplink is received by the first TRP, that is, the first uplink may correspond to the first TRP, such as the first TRP 101 in the example shown in Figure 1
  • the second uplink is received by the second TRP.
  • the second uplink may correspond to the second TRP, such as the second TRP 102 in the example shown in Figure 1 .
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the first uplink and the second uplink can also be expressed in other ways, as long as they correspond to the first TRP and the second TRP respectively.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the terminal device uses the predefined TCI state (the first TCI state or the second TCI state) as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device always selects the first TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal device always selects the first joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal device always selects the first uplink TCI state; for the above situation 6), the terminal device always selects the first joint TCI state. 1 uplink TCI state; for the above situation 8), the terminal equipment always selects the first uplink TCI state; for the above situation 13), the terminal equipment always selects the joint TCI state; for the above situation 14), the terminal equipment always selects Uplink TCI status.
  • the terminal device always selects the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal device always selects the second joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal device always selects the second uplink TCI state; for the above situation 6), the terminal device always selects the second joint TCI state. 2 uplink TCI states; for the above situation 8), the terminal device always selects the second uplink TCI state; for the above situation 13), the terminal device always selects the uplink TCI state; for the above situation 14), the terminal device always selects Joint TCI status.
  • the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time. That is, the terminal device uses the same TCI state as the one used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time. Different TCI states are used as QCL references to transmit aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time is When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device alternately selects the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS.
  • the terminal device may also receive second indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • the above-mentioned default TCI state is the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
  • the second indication information can be a reset command, called "reset TCI for SRS reset command".
  • the terminal device receives the reset command
  • the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS by default, and the current selection situation is recorded on the terminal device side;
  • the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference.
  • the second TCI state is used as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS; when the third aperiodic SRS is triggered, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic SRS; when the fourth aperiodic SRS is triggered, the second TCI is selected.
  • the status is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS, and for other times of aperiodic SRS triggering, the selection is alternated.
  • the above reset command may be sent multiple times. Each time the terminal device receives the reset command, it uses the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the non-periodic SRS when the aperiodic SRS is triggered for the first time. Periodic SRS, and before receiving the next restart command, always alternately select the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS.
  • the second DCI further includes a second indication field, which is used to indicate the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal equipment uses the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
  • the TCI state indicated by the second indication field is the aforementioned first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the TCI status indicated by the second indication field may also be other TCI status among the aforementioned at least two TCIs.
  • the second indication field may be a newly added field in the second DCI, which may be called "mapping TCI to SRS", for example.
  • the field length of the second indication field may be 1 bit, and is used to indicate which TCI state the terminal device selects as the QCL reference of the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference. Send aperiodic reference signals.
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL Reference transmits aperiodic reference signals.
  • the following table shows the value and corresponding meaning of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field.
  • the terminal device when the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first uplink (corresponding to the first TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the first TCI state; when the When the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second uplink (corresponding to the second TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the second TCI state.
  • the terminal device when the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second uplink (corresponding to the second TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the second TCI state; when the " When the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first uplink (corresponding to the first TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the first TCI state.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • non-mTRP such as the case of sTRP
  • it can also be added in the second DCI.
  • the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is added to the second DCI.
  • the value of this field is fixed to a certain fixed value, such as 0. Therefore, the terminal device always selects the user corresponding to a certain uplink (corresponding to a certain TRP).
  • the TCI status sent in the uplink is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
  • the reference signal request field of the second DCI also indicates a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resource set
  • the terminal device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the terminal device can determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • association relationship may be predefined, or preconfigured (semi-static), or configured by the network device (dynamic).
  • the association relationship can be stored on the UE side and/or the network side, or the association relationship can be written in a standard document, etc.
  • each SRS resource set available for mTRP transmission is fixedly associated with one of the TCI states in advance, that is, associated with one of the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the SRS resource set that can be used for mTRP transmission may be configured as p, p ⁇ 2, 3, 4 (the SRS request field is 2 bits wide, so up to 1 can be selected from 4 SRS resource sets), respectively represented as SRS -ResourceSet 1 ⁇ SRS-ResourceSet p.
  • the following table is an example of the relationship between SRS-ResourceSet and TCI status. Each column on the right represents a set of relationships.
  • the terminal device in the case of aperiodic SRS triggering, can select the corresponding SRS resource set according to the value of the SRS request field, and select the first TCI state or select the second TCI according to the predetermined association relationship. Status as QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS.
  • the terminal equipment uses the information related to the at least two TCI states.
  • Using the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal can avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for sending the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's uplink transmission of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, which is applied to the network device side and is a processing on the network device side corresponding to the method of the embodiment of the third aspect, wherein the content is the same as that of the embodiment of the third aspect. No longer.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
  • the network device sends the first DCI, where the first DCI includes a TCI field, and the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the network device sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the network device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the above-mentioned at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the network device always uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference or always uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a different TCI state than the TCI state used when the aperiodic reference signal was last received. That is, the network device alternately uses different TCI states as QCL references to receive aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the network device may also send second indication information, through which the terminal device is instructed to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • the default TCI state may be the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time when the second indication information is received.
  • the second indication information may be a reset command, which may be called "reset TCI for SRS".
  • "Command after each time the terminal device receives the reset command, when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time, the default TCI state is used as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal. After that, it is used alternately and is different from the last time. The TCI status is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals until the next reset command is received.
  • the second DCI further includes a second indication field that indicates a TCI state required for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device can use the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
  • the TCI state indicated by the second indication field may be the aforementioned first TCI state, the aforementioned second TCI state, or other TCI states among the aforementioned at least two TCI states. This application provides There is no restriction on this.
  • the field width of the second indication field may be 1 bit.
  • the network device when the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device uses the second TCI Status receives aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
  • the network device when the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device uses the first TCI state receives aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
  • the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the network device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the network device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • This application does not limit the implementation method of this association relationship.
  • the first DCI can be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI can be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field can be SRS request;
  • the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic SRS.
  • the application is not limited to this.
  • the first DCI and the second DCI can also be in other formats, the aperiodic reference signal can be other uplink reference signals, and the corresponding reference signal request field can also have other names.
  • the network device uses the first TCI state or the second TCI Using the state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal can avoid ambiguity in how the network equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal device's uplink transmission of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals.
  • the device may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be some or some components or components configured in the terminal device, and the same content as the embodiments of the first to second aspects will not be described again.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an aperiodic reference signal receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the aperiodic reference signal receiving device 800 in this embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first receiving unit 801 receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second receiving unit 802 receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the third receiving unit 803 receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • a downlink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the third receiving unit 803 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the receiving device 800 further includes:
  • the fourth receiving unit 804 receives the first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a first indication field that indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal; the third receiving unit 803 uses the first indication field.
  • the TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit 803 uses the first TCI state Receive an aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive an aperiodic reference signal; or, when the value of the first indication field is 1, When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third receiving unit 803 uses The first TCI state receives an aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is CSI request; the aperiodic reference The signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for sending aperiodic reference signals.
  • the device may be, for example, a network device, or may be some or some components or components configured on the network device.
  • the same content as the embodiments of the first to second aspects will not be described again.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the aperiodic reference signal sending device 900 in this embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first sending unit 901 sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second sending unit 902 sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the third sending unit 903 is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • a downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the third sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the sending device 900 further includes:
  • the fourth sending unit 904 sends first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI further includes a first indication field, the first indication field indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the first The TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the first indication field is 0, the third sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state Send the aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; or, when When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third sending unit 903 The sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is CSI request; the aperiodic reference The signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for sending aperiodic reference signals.
  • the device may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be some or some parts or components configured in the terminal device.
  • the same content as the embodiments of the third to fourth aspects will not be described again.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the aperiodic reference signal sending device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first receiving unit 1001 receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second receiving unit 1002 receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the sending unit 1003 is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the transmitting unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the sending device 1000 further includes:
  • the third receiving unit 1004 receives second indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal; the sending unit 1003 uses the second indication field The indicated TCI status is transmitted as a QCL reference by the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the second indication field is 0, the sending unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL The aperiodic reference signal is sent with reference; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; or, when the value of the second indication field is When it is 0, the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the sending unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send Aperiodic reference signal.
  • the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the sending unit 1003 uses the TCI status associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send the Described non-periodic reference signal.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the sending unit 1003 may determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is SRS request;
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals.
  • the device may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or some components or components configured on the network device.
  • the same content as the embodiments of the third to fourth aspects will not be described again.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an aperiodic reference signal receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the aperiodic reference signal receiving device 1100 in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first sending unit 1101 sends the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second sending unit 1102 sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the receiving unit 1103 receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
  • the QCL used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the receiving unit 1103 uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the receiving device 1100 further includes:
  • the third sending unit 1104 sends second indication information.
  • the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time.
  • Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI further includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the second The TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the second indication field is 0, the receiving unit 1103 uses the first TCI state as the QCL The aperiodic reference signal is received with reference; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; or, when the second indication field is When the value of the indication field is 0, the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the receiving unit 1103 uses the first The TCI state receives the aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference.
  • the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the receiving unit 1103 uses the TCI status associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to receive all Described non-periodic reference signal.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the receiving unit 1103 may determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is SRS request;
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
  • the devices 800 to 1100 may also include other components or modules.
  • the specific contents of these components or modules please refer to related technologies.
  • FIG. 8 to 11 only illustrate the connection relationships or signal directions between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connections can be used.
  • Each of the above components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as a processor, a memory, a transmitter, a receiver, etc.; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a network device and a terminal device. Reference may be made to FIG. 1 , and the same content as the embodiments of the first to fifth aspects will not be described again.
  • the network device is configured to:
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field
  • the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states
  • the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state
  • the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • Send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states;
  • the terminal device is configured as:
  • the aperiodic reference signal is received, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the network device is configured to:
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal being related to the at least two TCI states
  • the terminal device is configured as:
  • the aperiodic reference signal is transmitted, and the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, but the present application is not limited to this and may also be other devices.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1200 may include a processor 1210 and a memory 1220; the memory 1220 stores data and programs and is coupled to the processor 1210. It is worth noting that this figure is exemplary; other types of structures may also be used to supplement or replace this structure to implement telecommunications functions or other functions.
  • the processor 1210 may be configured to execute a program to implement the method described in the embodiments of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the terminal device 1200 may also include: a communication module 1230, an input unit 1240, a display 1250, and a power supply 1260.
  • the functions of the above components are similar to those in the prior art and will not be described again here. It is worth noting that the terminal device 1200 does not necessarily include all components shown in Figure 122, and the above components are not required; in addition, the terminal device 1200 may also include components not shown in Figure 12, please refer to the current There is technology.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, which may be a base station, for example, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
  • a network device which may be a base station, for example, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1300 may include a processor 1310 (eg, a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 1320 ; the memory 1320 is coupled to the processor 1310 .
  • the memory 1320 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 1330, and the program 1330 is executed under the control of the processor 1310.
  • the processor 1310 may be configured to execute a program to implement the method described in the embodiments of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the network device 1300 may also include: a transceiver 1340, an antenna 1350, etc.; the functions of the above components are similar to those of the existing technology and will not be described again here. It is worth noting that the network device 1300 does not necessarily include all components shown in Figure 13; in addition, the network device 1300 may also include components not shown in Figure 13, and reference may be made to the existing technology.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program causes the terminal device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes the terminal device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program causes the network device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes a network device to perform the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the above devices and methods of this application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware combined with software.
  • the present application relates to a computer-readable program that, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the apparatus or component described above, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods described above or steps.
  • This application also involves storage media used to store the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memories, etc.
  • the methods/devices described in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of both.
  • one or more of the functional block diagrams and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure may correspond to each software module of the computer program flow, or may correspond to each hardware module.
  • These software modules can respectively correspond to the various steps shown in the figure.
  • These hardware modules can be implemented by solidifying these software modules using a field programmable gate array (FPGA), for example.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the software module may be located in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC.
  • the software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
  • the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
  • One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in the accompanying drawings may be implemented as a general-purpose processor or a digital signal processor (DSP) for performing the functions described in this application. ), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, or any appropriate combination thereof.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in the accompanying drawings can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, or multiple microprocessors. processor, one or more microprocessors combined with DSP communications, or any other such configuration.
  • a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the terminal device receives a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger an aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal equipment receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • a downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information, and the first indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a first indication field, the first indication field indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal device uses the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device Receive an aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device An aperiodic reference signal is received using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is CSI request
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals includes:
  • the network device sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the network device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • a downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the network device sends first indication information, and the first indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a first indication field that indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the TCI state indicated by the first indication field.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is received as a QCL reference.
  • the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit
  • the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
  • the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is CSI request
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
  • a method of transmitting aperiodic reference signals includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the terminal device receives a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger an aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal equipment sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device receives second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the terminal device uses the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device Send an aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
  • the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device The aperiodic reference signal is transmitted using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
  • the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set;
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the terminal device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the terminal device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is SRS request
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
  • a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals includes:
  • the network device sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
  • the network device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state
  • a joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
  • An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
  • the QCL reference used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the QCL used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time
  • the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
  • the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  • the network device sends second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
  • the second DCI also includes a second indication field.
  • the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the TCI state indicated by the second indication field.
  • the aperiodic reference signal is sent as a QCL reference.
  • the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit
  • the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
  • the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
  • the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set;
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference.
  • the network device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
  • the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
  • the reference signal request field is SRS request
  • the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
  • a terminal device including a memory and a processor, the memory stores a computer program, the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement any one of appendices 1 to 8 and 1' to 10' the method described.
  • a network device including a memory and a processor
  • the memory stores a computer program
  • the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement any one of appendices 9 to 16 and 11' to 20' the method described.
  • a communication system including network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein:
  • the network equipment is configured to:
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • Send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states;
  • the terminal device is configured as:
  • the aperiodic reference signal is received, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
  • a communication system including network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein:
  • the network equipment is configured to:
  • the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
  • the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
  • a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal being related to the at least two TCI states
  • the terminal device is configured as:
  • the aperiodic reference signal is transmitted, and a QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and an apparatus. The non-periodic reference signal receiving method comprises: a terminal device receiving first DCI, the first DCI comprising a TCI field, the TCI field indicating at least two TCI states, and the at least two TCI states comprising a first TCI state and a second TCI state; the terminal device receiving second DCI, the second DCI comprising a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field being used to trigger a non-periodic reference signal; and the terminal device receiving the non-periodic reference signal, a QCL reference used to receive the non-periodic reference signal being related to the at least two TCI states. According to an embodiment of the present application, reliability of downlink receiving of a non-periodic reference signal and uplink sending of the non-periodic reference signal by the terminal device is ensured.

Description

非周期参考信号的接收和发送方法以及装置Method and device for receiving and transmitting aperiodic reference signals 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域。The embodiments of this application relate to the field of communication technology.
背景技术Background technique
3GPP标准化组织在版本17(release-17,Rel-17)的标准化过程中,对统一的(unified)传输配置指示(transmission configuration indication,TCI)进行了标准化相关的工作。其中,Rel-17中的unified TCI主要是针对sTRP(single transmission and reception point)场景进行设计的。In the standardization process of version 17 (release-17, Rel-17), the 3GPP standardization organization carried out standardization related work on the unified transmission configuration indication (TCI). Among them, unified TCI in Rel-17 is mainly designed for sTRP (single transmission and reception point) scenarios.
随着标准化工作的推进,多TRP(mTRP,multiple transmission and reception point)成为5G NR系统的重要场景,通过基于mTRP的传输,可以达到提高吞吐量和/或提高可靠性的目的。With the advancement of standardization work, multiple TRP (mTRP, multiple transmission and reception point) has become an important scenario for 5G NR systems. Through mTRP-based transmission, the purpose of improving throughput and/or improving reliability can be achieved.
在以往的标准化工作中,在Rel-16中,对基于mTRP的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)的传输进行了标准化;在Rel-17中,对基于mTRP的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)、物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)、物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)传输进行了标准化。其中,mTRP传输包括基于单DCI(single Downlink Control Information,sDCI)的mTRP传输和基于多DCI(multiple DCI,mDCI)的mTRP传输。对于基于sDCI的mTRP传输,一个DCI对两个TRP的上下行传输进行调度,更适用于TRP之间的回传(backhaul)比较理想的情况。对于基于mDCI的mTRP传输,两个TRP使用两个DCI分别对各自TRP的上下行传输进行调度,更适用于TRP之间的回传不是很理想的情况。In previous standardization work, in Rel-16, the transmission of the mTRP-based Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) was standardized; in Rel-17, the mTRP-based physical downlink control channel (PDSCH) was standardized Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), Physical Uplink Shared Channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH), and Physical Uplink Control Channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) transmission are standardized. Among them, mTRP transmission includes mTRP transmission based on single DCI (single Downlink Control Information, sDCI) and mTRP transmission based on multiple DCI (multiple DCI, mDCI). For mTRP transmission based on sDCI, one DCI schedules the uplink and downlink transmission of two TRPs, which is more suitable for situations where the backhaul between TRPs is ideal. For mTRP transmission based on mDCI, two TRPs use two DCIs to schedule the uplink and downlink transmission of their respective TRPs respectively, which is more suitable for situations where the backhaul between TRPs is not ideal.
应该注意,上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明,并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的,不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。It should be noted that the above introduction to the technical background is only to facilitate a clear and complete description of the technical solutions of the present application and to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art. It cannot be explained simply because these solutions are described in the background technology section of the present application. Based on the description, it is believed that the above technical solutions are well known to those skilled in the art.
发明内容Contents of the invention
发明人发现,对于Rel-18的mTRP,在当前3GPP标准中,没有确定如何将DCI指 示的下行TCI状态(indicated TCI state)映射到非周期CSI-RS传输,另外,没有确定如何将DCI指示的上行TCI状态(indicated TCI state)映射到非周期SRS传输,这将导致非周期CSI-RS和非周期SRS的传输以哪个TCI状态作为QCL参考是模糊的,降低了通信的可靠性。The inventor found that for Rel-18 mTRP, in the current 3GPP standard, it is not determined how to map the DCI indicated downlink TCI state (indicated TCI state) to aperiodic CSI-RS transmission. In addition, it is not determined how to map the DCI indicated downlink TCI state to aperiodic CSI-RS transmission. The uplink TCI state (indicated TCI state) is mapped to aperiodic SRS transmission, which will cause the transmission of aperiodic CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS to be ambiguous which TCI state is used as the QCL reference, reducing the reliability of communication.
针对上述问题的至少之一,本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的接收和发送方法以及装置,以提高终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号和上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。To address at least one of the above problems, embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for receiving and transmitting aperiodic reference signals to improve the reliability of terminal equipment in receiving aperiodic reference signals in downlink and transmitting aperiodic reference signals in uplink.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供一种非周期参考信号的接收装置,配置于终端设备,所述装置包括:According to one aspect of the embodiment of the present application, a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals is provided, configured in a terminal equipment, and the device includes:
第一接收单元,其接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;A first receiving unit that receives a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二接收单元,其接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second receiving unit that receives a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
第三接收单元,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The third receiving unit receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种非周期参考信号的发送装置,配置于网络设备,所述装置包括:According to another aspect of the embodiment of the present application, a device for sending aperiodic reference signals is provided, configured in network equipment, and the device includes:
第一发送单元,其发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;A first sending unit that sends a first DCI, the first DCI including a TCI field indicating at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二发送单元,其发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second sending unit that sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
第三发送单元,其发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。A third sending unit is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种非周期参考信号的发送装置,配置于终端设备,所述装置包括:According to another aspect of the embodiment of the present application, a device for sending aperiodic reference signals is provided, configured in a terminal equipment, and the device includes:
第一接收单元,其接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;A first receiving unit that receives a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二接收单元,其接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second receiving unit that receives a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
发送单元,其发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考 与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。A sending unit is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供一种非周期参考信号的接收装置,配置于网络设备,所述装置包括:According to another aspect of the embodiment of the present application, a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals is provided, configured in network equipment, and the device includes:
第一发送单元,其发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;A first sending unit that sends a first DCI, the first DCI including a TCI field indicating at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二发送单元,其发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second sending unit that sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
接收单元,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。A receiving unit that receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于:根据本申请实施例,一方面,能够避免终端设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,另一方面,能够避免终端设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号和上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。One of the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application is that according to the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals; How to select a quasi-co-located reference for periodic reference signals creates ambiguity, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment receiving aperiodic reference signals in the downlink and transmitting aperiodic reference signals in the uplink by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
参照后文的说明和附图,详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式,指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解,本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在所附权利要求的精神和条款的范围内,本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。With reference to the following description and drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are disclosed in detail, and the manner in which the principles of the present application may be adopted is indicated. It should be understood that embodiments of the present application are not thereby limited in scope. Embodiments of the present application include numerous alterations, modifications and equivalents within the spirit and scope of the appended claims.
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用,与其它实施方式中的特征相组合,或替代其它实施方式中的特征。Features described and/or illustrated with respect to one embodiment may be used in the same or similar manner in one or more other embodiments, in combination with features in other embodiments, or in place of features in other embodiments .
应该强调,术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在,但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。It should be emphasized that the term "comprising" when used herein refers to the presence of features, integers, steps or components but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps or components.
附图说明Description of drawings
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外,在附图中,类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件,并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。Elements and features described in one figure or one implementation of embodiments of the present application may be combined with elements and features illustrated in one or more other figures or implementations. Furthermore, in the drawings, like reference numerals represent corresponding parts throughout the several figures and may be used to indicate corresponding parts used in more than one embodiment.
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是需要为非周期CSI-RS明确映射方式的Indicated TCI state配置的一示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic CSI-RS;
图3是需要为非周期SRS明确映射方式的Indicated TCI state配置的一示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic SRS;
图4是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收方法的一示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送方法的一示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送方法的一示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收方法的一示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置的一示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a receiving device for aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置的一示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置的一示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置的一示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a receiving device for aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例的终端设备的构成示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例的网络设备的构成示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
参照附图,通过下面的说明书,本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中,具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式,其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式,应了解的是,本申请不限于所描述的实施方式,相反,本申请包括落入所附权利要求的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。The foregoing and other features of the present application will become apparent from the following description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. In the description and drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are specifically disclosed, indicating some of the embodiments in which the principles of the present application may be employed. It is to be understood that the present application is not limited to the described embodiments, but rather, the present application is This application includes all modifications, variations, and equivalents falling within the scope of the appended claims.
在本申请实施例中,术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分,但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等,这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和/或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在,但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、元素、元件或组件。In the embodiments of this application, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or temporal order of these elements, and these elements should not be used by these terms. restricted. The term "and/or" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed terms. The terms "comprises," "includes," "having" and the like refer to the presence of stated features, elements, elements or components but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
在本申请实施例中,单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式,应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义;此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”,术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”,除非上下文另外明确指出。In the embodiments of this application, the singular forms "a", "the", etc. include plural forms and should be broadly understood as "a" or "a type" and not limited to the meaning of "one"; in addition, the term "the" "" shall be understood to include both the singular and the plural unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Furthermore, the term "based on" shall be understood to mean "based at least in part on," and the term "based on" shall be understood to mean "based at least in part on," unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
在本申请实施例中,术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意通信标准的网络,例如长期演进(LTE,Long Term Evolution)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A,LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA,Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接入(HSPA,High-Speed Packet Access)、5G(5Generation)新无线(NR,New Radio)等等。In the embodiments of this application, the term "communication network" or "wireless communication network" may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE, Long Term Evolution), Long Term Evolution Enhanced (LTE-A, LTE- Advanced), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), 5G (5Generation) New Wireless (NR, New Radio), etc.
并且,通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行,例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议:1G、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G以及5G新无线等等, 和/或其他目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。Moreover, the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to the communication protocol at any stage. For example, it can include but is not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G, 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and 5G new wireless, etc. etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
在本申请实施例中,术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将终端设备接入通信网络并为该终端设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:基站(BS,Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、发送接收点(TRP,Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC,Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC,Base Station Controller)等等。In the embodiment of this application, the term "network device" refers to a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services to the terminal device. Network equipment may include but is not limited to the following equipment: base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), transmission and reception point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, wireless network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller), etc.
其中,基站可以包括但不限于:节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB),等等,此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH,Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU,Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femeto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能,每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域,这取决于使用该术语的上下文。Among them, the base station may include but is not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), etc. In addition, it may also include remote radio head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay or low-power node (such as femeto, pico, etc.). And the term "base station" may include some or all of their functions, each of which may provide communications coverage to a specific geographic area. The term "cell" may refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
在本申请实施例中,术语“用户设备”(UE,User Equipment)或者“终端设备”(TE,Terminal Equipment或Terminal Device)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的,并且也可以称为移动台(MS,Mobile Station)、终端、用户台(SS,Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT,Access Terminal)、站,等等。In the embodiment of this application, the term "user equipment" (UE, User Equipment) or "terminal equipment" (TE, Terminal Equipment or Terminal Device) refers to a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services. Terminal equipment can be fixed or mobile, and can also be called mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), terminal, subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), station, etc.
其中,终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机,等等。Among them, the terminal equipment may include but is not limited to the following equipment: cellular phone (Cellular Phone), personal digital assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modem, wireless communication equipment, handheld device, machine-type communication equipment, laptop computer, Cordless phones, smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
再例如,在物联网(IoT,Internet of Things)等场景下,终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置,例如可以包括但不限于:机器类通信(MTC,Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、设备到设备(D2D,Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M,Machine to Machine)终端,等等。For another example, in scenarios such as the Internet of Things (IoT), the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring. For example, it can include but is not limited to: Machine Type Communication (MTC) terminals, Vehicle communication terminals, device-to-device (D2D, Device to Device) terminals, machine-to-machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminals, etc.
此外,术语“网络侧”或“网络设备侧”是指网络的一侧,可以是某一基站,也可以包括如上的一个或多个网络设备。术语“用户侧”或“终端侧”或“终端设备侧”是指用户或终端的一侧,可以是某一UE,也可以包括如上的一个或多个终端设备。本文在没有特别指出的情况下,“设备”可以指网络设备,也可以指终端设备。In addition, the term "network side" or "network device side" refers to one side of the network, which may be a certain base station or may include one or more network devices as above. The term "user side" or "terminal side" or "terminal device side" refers to the side of the user or terminal, which may be a certain UE or may include one or more terminal devices as above. Unless otherwise specified in this article, "device" can refer to network equipment or terminal equipment.
以下通过示例对本申请实施例的场景进行说明,但本申请不限于此。The following describes the scenarios of the embodiments of the present application through examples, but the present application is not limited thereto.
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图,示意性说明了以终端设备和网络设备为例的情况,如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括第一TRP 101、第二TRP 102和终端设备103。其中,第一TRP 101和第二TRP 102可以为网络设备。为简单起见,图1仅以两个TRP(网络设备)和一个终端设备为例进行说明,但本申请实施例不限于此。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application, schematically illustrating the case of terminal equipment and network equipment as examples. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system 100 may include a first TRP 101, a second TRP 102 and a terminal. Device 103. Among them, the first TRP 101 and the second TRP 102 can be network devices. For simplicity, Figure 1 only takes two TRPs (network devices) and one terminal device as an example for illustration, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
在本申请实施例中,第一TRP 101、第二TRP 102和终端设备103之间可以进行现有的业务或者未来可实施的业务发送。例如,这些业务可以包括但不限于:增强的移动宽带(eMBB,enhanced Mobile Broadband)、大规模机器类型通信(mMTC,massive Machine Type Communication)和高可靠低时延通信(URLLC,Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication),等等。In the embodiment of this application, existing services or services that can be implemented in the future can be transmitted between the first TRP 101, the second TRP 102 and the terminal device 103. For example, these services may include but are not limited to: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB, enhanced Mobile Broadband), massive machine type communication (mMTC, massive Machine Type Communication) and high-reliability and low-latency communication (URLLC, Ultra-Reliable and Low -Latency Communication), etc.
在Rel-17中,针对unified TCI,在sTRP的场景下,网络设备使用RRC信令为终端设备配置M(M≥1)个TCI状态(TCI state),使用MAC CE(媒体接入控制控制单元)在M个TCI状态中激活N(1≤N≤M)个TCI状态,使用DCI(下行控制信息)在N个TCI状态中指示L(1≤L≤N)个TCI状态。例如,DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2的TCI字段指示一个或多个TCI状态(TCI state)。DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2可以调度下行数据,称为DCI format 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment,也可以不调度下行数据,称为DCI format 1_1/1_2 without DL assignment。In Rel-17, for unified TCI, in the sTRP scenario, the network device uses RRC signaling to configure M (M ≥ 1) TCI states (TCI states) for the terminal device, and uses the MAC CE (Media Access Control Control Unit) ) activates N (1 ≤ N ≤ M) TCI states among M TCI states, and uses DCI (downlink control information) to indicate L (1 ≤ L ≤ N) TCI states among N TCI states. For example, the TCI field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 indicates one or more TCI states. DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 can schedule downlink data, which is called DCI format 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment, or it can not schedule downlink data, which is called DCI format 1_1/1_2 without DL assignment.
其中,一个TCI状态(简称TCI)可以包括或对应一个或两个源参考信号(source RS,source Reference Signal)。源参考信号可以为下行接收提供准共址(QCL,Quasi Co-Location)信息,称为下行源参考信号。源参考信号可以为上行发送空间滤波器(UL TX spatial filter,uplink transmission spatial filter)提供参考,称为上行源参考信号。Among them, a TCI state (TCI for short) can include or correspond to one or two source reference signals (source RS, source Reference Signal). The source reference signal can provide quasi co-location (QCL, Quasi Co-Location) information for downlink reception, which is called the downlink source reference signal. The source reference signal can provide a reference for the uplink transmission spatial filter (UL TX spatial filter, uplink transmission spatial filter) and is called the uplink source reference signal.
此外,源参考信号可以为目的信道/信号提供波束信息。例如,终端设备用于接收目的信道/信号的波束与用于接收下行源参考信号的波束相同。又例如,终端设备用于发送目的信道/信号的波束与用于发送上行源参考信号的波束相同。又例如,终端设备用于发送目的信道/信号的波束与用于接收下行源参考信号的波束具有互易性,即波束相同,但方向相反。因此,对TCI状态的指示或更新实际上也包括了对终端设备所用波束的指示或更新。Additionally, the source reference signal can provide beam information for the destination channel/signal. For example, the beam used by the terminal device to receive the destination channel/signal is the same as the beam used to receive the downlink source reference signal. For another example, the beam used by the terminal equipment to transmit the destination channel/signal is the same as the beam used to transmit the uplink source reference signal. For another example, the beam used by the terminal equipment to transmit the destination channel/signal and the beam used to receive the downlink source reference signal have reciprocity, that is, the beams are the same but in opposite directions. Therefore, the indication or update of the TCI status actually includes the indication or update of the beam used by the terminal device.
此外,TCI状态包括联合TCI状态(joint DL/UL TCI state)、下行TCI状态(DL only TCI state)和上行TCI状态(UL only TCI state)。下行TCI状态包含的源参考信号是下行源参考信号,上行TCI状态包含的源参考信号是上行源参考信号,联合TCI状态包含的源参考信号既是下行源参考信号,又是上行源参考信号。In addition, the TCI state includes joint TCI state (joint DL/UL TCI state), downlink TCI state (DL only TCI state) and uplink TCI state (UL only TCI state). The source reference signal included in the downlink TCI state is the downlink source reference signal, the source reference signal included in the uplink TCI state is the uplink source reference signal, and the source reference signal included in the joint TCI state is both the downlink source reference signal and the uplink source reference signal.
联合TCI状态同时作用于下行波束(接收波束)和上行波束(发送波束)。换句话说,下行波束和上行波束使用的是同一个波束,但波束方向相反,即上下行波束之间存在互易性。下行TCI状态仅作用于下行波束。上行TCI状态仅作用于上行波束。上行波束也称为上行发送空间滤波器。The joint TCI state affects both the downlink beam (receive beam) and the uplink beam (transmit beam). In other words, the downlink beam and the uplink beam use the same beam, but the beam directions are opposite, that is, there is reciprocity between the uplink and downlink beams. The downlink TCI status only affects the downlink beam. The uplink TCI status only affects the uplink beam. The uplink beam is also called the uplink transmit spatial filter.
TCI字段可以指示联合TCI状态(joint DL/UL TCI state),或者TCI字段可以指示独立TCI状态(separate DL/UL TCI state),即指示下行TCI状态和/或上行TCI状态,指示联合TCI状态或指示独立TCI状态可以通过RRC信令进行配置。对于Rel-17的unified TCI,一个TCI字段指示一个联合TCI状态(相当于既指示了下行TCI状态,又指示了上行TCI状态),或者指示一个下行TCI状态,或者指示一个上行TCI状态,或者指示一个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态。The TCI field may indicate the joint TCI state (joint DL/UL TCI state), or the TCI field may indicate the independent TCI state (separate DL/UL TCI state), that is, indicating the downlink TCI state and/or the uplink TCI state, indicating the joint TCI state or Indicating independent TCI status can be configured through RRC signaling. For Rel-17 unified TCI, a TCI field indicates a combined TCI status (equivalent to indicating both the downlink TCI status and the uplink TCI status), or indicates a downlink TCI status, or indicates an uplink TCI status, or indicates One downstream TCI state and one upstream TCI state.
图1对基于mTRP的PDSCH接收给出了示意性说明。终端设备103接收来自第一TRP101和第二TRP102的两路PDSCH,可以以空分的形式,可以以时分的形式,也可以以频分的形式。终端设备103分别根据TCI state 1和TCI state 2提供的QCL信息接收两路PDSCH。Figure 1 gives a schematic illustration of mTRP-based PDSCH reception. The terminal equipment 103 receives two PDSCHs from the first TRP 101 and the second TRP 102, which may be in the form of space division, time division or frequency division. The terminal equipment 103 receives two PDSCHs according to the QCL information provided by TCI state 1 and TCI state 2 respectively.
在Rel-17中,引入了unified TCI,下行或联合TCI状态可以至少为UE专用的PDSCH接收和UE专用的PDCCH接收提供QCL信息;上行或联合TCI状态可以至少为UE专用的PUSCH发送或UE专用的PUCCH发送提供QCL信息。In Rel-17, unified TCI was introduced. The downlink or combined TCI state can provide QCL information for at least UE-specific PDSCH reception and UE-specific PDCCH reception; the uplink or combined TCI state can at least provide UE-specific PUSCH transmission or UE-specific The PUCCH is sent to provide QCL information.
另外,Rel-17为下行接收配置的TCI状态以及为上行发送配置的TCI状态可在MAC CE中激活,最多可激活8组TCI状态,每组有1个或2个TCI状态。对于每组有1个TCI状态的情况,会指定是下行TCI状态、上行TCI状态、或者联合TCI状态中的一个;对于每组有2个TCI状态的情况,一个是下行TCI状态,另一个是上行TCI状态。In addition, the TCI status configured by Rel-17 for downlink reception and the TCI status configured for uplink transmission can be activated in the MAC CE. Up to 8 groups of TCI status can be activated, each group has 1 or 2 TCI status. For each group with 1 TCI status, one of the downlink TCI status, uplink TCI status, or combined TCI status will be specified; for each group with 2 TCI status, one is the downlink TCI status, and the other is Uplink TCI status.
发明人注意到,在Rel-17中,unified TCI仅适用于sTRP场景。考虑到mTRP的重要性,有必要为mTRP场景设计相应的unified TCI机制。3GPP将在Rel-18对mTRP的unified TCI进行标准化。目前,mTRP的unified TCI已经被确定为Rel-18的立项内容之一,Rel-18的标准化工作刚刚开始。The inventors note that in Rel-17, unified TCI only applies to sTRP scenarios. Considering the importance of mTRP, it is necessary to design a corresponding unified TCI mechanism for mTRP scenarios. 3GPP will standardize the unified TCI of mTRP in Rel-18. At present, mTRP's unified TCI has been identified as one of the project contents of Rel-18, and the standardization work of Rel-18 has just begun.
CSI-RS(信道状态信息参考信号)是下行参考信号的一种,其用途包括:用作跟踪供参考信号(TRS,Tracking RS)、用于波束管理(BM,Beam Management)、用作信道状态信息(CSI,Channel State Information)获取、用作移动性管理(Mobility)等。根据时域行为的不同,CSI-RS可分为周期性CSI-RS(periodic CSI-RS)、半持续性CSI-RS(semi-persistent CSI-RS)、非周期性CSI-RS(aperiodic CSI-RS)。其中非周期CSI-RS需 要DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的CSI请求(CSI request)字段触发以后开始传输。CSI-RS (Channel State Information Reference Signal) is a type of downlink reference signal. Its uses include: used as a tracking reference signal (TRS, Tracking RS), used for beam management (BM, Beam Management), and used for channel status Information (CSI, Channel State Information) is obtained and used for mobility management (Mobility), etc. According to different time domain behaviors, CSI-RS can be divided into periodic CSI-RS (periodic CSI-RS), semi-persistent CSI-RS (semi-persistent CSI-RS), aperiodic CSI-RS (aperiodic CSI-RS). RS). Among them, aperiodic CSI-RS requires the CSI request (CSI request) field of DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 to be triggered and then start transmission.
SRS(探测参考信号)是上行参考信号的一种,根据时域行为不同,SRS可分为周期性SRS(periodic CSI-RS)、半持续性SRS(semi-persistent SRS)、非周期性SRS(aperiodic SRS)。其中非周期SRS需要DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2或DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的SRS请求(SRS request)字段触发以后开始传输。SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) is a type of uplink reference signal. According to different time domain behaviors, SRS can be divided into periodic SRS (periodic CSI-RS), semi-persistent SRS (semi-persistent SRS), and aperiodic SRS ( aperiodic SRS). Among them, aperiodic SRS requires the SRS request (SRS request) field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 to be triggered and then start transmission.
在Rel-17的unified TCI框架下,对于下行情况,用于获取信道状态信息的非周期CSI-RS和用于BM(波束管理)的非周期CSI-RS(统称为非周期CSI-RS)可以共用用以调度下行接收的TCI state。这里的下行接收可以是下行数据信道PDSCH,也可以是下行控制信道PDCCH,不限于此。也就是说,在DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的TCI字段指示的一组TCI state中的联合TCI state或下行TCI state,可以给PDSCH使用,可以给PDCCH使用,可以给非周期CSI-RS使用。Under the unified TCI framework of Rel-17, for the downlink situation, aperiodic CSI-RS used to obtain channel state information and aperiodic CSI-RS used for BM (beam management) (collectively referred to as aperiodic CSI-RS) can Share the TCI state used to schedule downlink reception. The downlink reception here may be the downlink data channel PDSCH or the downlink control channel PDCCH, but is not limited thereto. That is to say, the joint TCI state or downlink TCI state in a set of TCI states indicated by the TCI field of DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 can be used for PDSCH, PDCCH, and aperiodic CSI-RS.
类似的,在Rel-17的unified TCI框架下,对于上行情况,非周期SRS信号可以共用用以调度上行发送的TCI state。这里的上行发送可以是上行数据信道PUSCH,也可以是上行控制信道PUCCH,不限于此。也就是说,在DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2或DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的TCI字段指示的一组TCI中的联合TCI state或上行TCI state,可以给PUSCH使用,可以给PUCCH使用,可以给非周期SRS使用。Similarly, under the unified TCI framework of Rel-17, for uplink situations, aperiodic SRS signals can share the TCI state used to schedule uplink transmission. The uplink transmission here may be the uplink data channel PUSCH or the uplink control channel PUCCH, but is not limited thereto. That is to say, the joint TCI state or the uplink TCI state in a group of TCI indicated by the TCI field of DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 can be used by PUSCH, can be used by PUCCH, can be used by PUSCH. Non-periodic SRS is used.
发明人发现,从功能上讲,mTRP的unified TCI需要既能够对两个TRP的TCI状态进行指示,也能够对一个TRP的TCI状态进行指示。在mTRP情况下,MAC-CE上激活的一组TCI状态,可以为多个TRP(Rel-18中为2个TRP)都提供用于下行接收和/或上行发送的QCL信息。The inventor found that functionally, the unified TCI of mTRP needs to be able to indicate the TCI status of two TRPs as well as the TCI status of one TRP. In the case of mTRP, a set of TCI states activated on the MAC-CE can provide QCL information for downlink reception and/or uplink transmission for multiple TRPs (2 TRPs in Rel-18).
然而,如果DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2已经指示了2个下行TCI state,或者已经指示了2个联合TCI state,或者已经指示了1个联合TCI state和1个下行TCI state,那么对于DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的CSI request字段触发的一次非周期CSI-RS,目前并没有机制来确定当前触发的非周期CSI-RS要以哪个联合TCI state或下行TCI state为QCL参考,即没有确定如何将DCI指示的下行indicated TCI state映射到非周期CSI-RS。However, if DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 has indicated 2 downstream TCI states, or has indicated 2 joint TCI states, or has indicated 1 joint TCI state and 1 downstream TCI state, then for DCI format 0_1 Or an aperiodic CSI-RS triggered by the CSI request field of DCI format 0_2. There is currently no mechanism to determine which joint TCI state or downlink TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic CSI-RS. That is, there is no determination of how to use The downlink indicated TCI state indicated by DCI is mapped to aperiodic CSI-RS.
图2是需要为非周期CSI-RS明确映射方式的Indicated TCI state配置的一示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires a clear mapping method for aperiodic CSI-RS.
如图2所示,在mTRP传输下,如果DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2中的TCI字段指示的TCI state属于如下几种情况,需要明确Indicated TCI state如何映射到非周期CSI-RS:As shown in Figure 2, under mTRP transmission, if the TCI state indicated by the TCI field in DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 belongs to the following situations, it is necessary to clarify how the Indicated TCI state is mapped to aperiodic CSI-RS:
2个联合TCI state(即联合TCI 1和联合TCI 2,图2中的第1列),当前触发的非周期CSI-RS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考;2 joint TCI states (that is, joint TCI 1 and joint TCI 2, column 1 in Figure 2), which TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic CSI-RS;
2个下行TCI state(即DL TCI 1和DL TCI 2,图2中的第2列),当前触发的非周期CSI-RS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考;2 downlink TCI states (i.e. DL TCI 1 and DL TCI 2, column 2 in Figure 2), which TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic CSI-RS;
1个联合TCI state和1个下行TCI state(即联合TCI 3+DL TCI 3,图2中的第3列;DL TCI 4+联合TCI 4,图2中的第4列),当前触发的非周期CSI-RS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考。1 joint TCI state and 1 downlink TCI state (i.e. joint TCI 3+DL TCI 3, column 3 in Figure 2; DL TCI 4+joint TCI 4, column 4 in Figure 2), the currently triggered non- Which TCI state should be used as QCL reference for periodic CSI-RS.
另一方面,如果DCI格式1_1或DCI格式2_2已经指示了2个上行TCI state,或者已经指示了2个联合TCI state,或者已经指示了1个联合TCI state和1个上行TCI state,那么对于DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2或DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2的SRS request字段触发的一次非周期SRS,目前并没有机制来确定当前触发的非周期SRS要以哪个联合TCI state或上行TCI state为QCL参考,即没有确定如何将DCI指示的上行indicated TCI state映射到非周期SRS。On the other hand, if DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 2_2 has indicated 2 upstream TCI states, or has indicated 2 joint TCI states, or has indicated 1 joint TCI state and 1 upstream TCI state, then for DCI An aperiodic SRS triggered by the SRS request field of format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2. Currently, there is no mechanism to determine which joint TCI state or uplink TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS. , that is, it is not determined how to map the upstream indicated TCI state indicated by DCI to aperiodic SRS.
图3是需要为非周期SRS明确映射方式的Indicated TCI state配置的一示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of Indicated TCI state configuration that requires clear mapping for aperiodic SRS.
如图3所示,在mTRP传输下,如果DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_0或DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2中的TCI字段指示的TCI state属于如下几种情况,需要明确Indicated TCI state如何映射到非周期SRS:As shown in Figure 3, under mTRP transmission, if the TCI state indicated by the TCI field in DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 belongs to the following situations, it is necessary to clarify how the Indicated TCI state is mapped to non- Cycle SRS:
2个联合TCI state(即联合TCI 1和联合TCI 2,图3中的第1列),当前触发的非周期SRS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考;2 joint TCI states (that is, joint TCI 1 and joint TCI 2, column 1 in Figure 3), which TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS;
2个上行TCI state(即UL TCI 1和UL TCI 2,图3中的第2列),当前触发的非周期SRS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考;2 uplink TCI states (i.e. UL TCI 1 and UL TCI 2, column 2 in Figure 3), which TCI state should be used as the QCL reference for the currently triggered aperiodic SRS;
1个联合TCI state和1个上行TCI state(即联合TCI 3+UL TCI 3,图3中的第3列;UL TCI 4+联合TCI 4,图3中的第4列),当前触发的非周期SRS要使用哪个TCI state作为QCL参考。1 joint TCI state and 1 uplink TCI state (i.e. joint TCI 3+UL TCI 3, column 3 in Figure 3; UL TCI 4+joint TCI 4, column 4 in Figure 3), the currently triggered non- Which TCI state should be used as QCL reference for periodic SRS.
针对上述问题的至少之一,本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的接收和发送方法以及装置。下面结合附图和具体实施方式对本申请实施例进行说明。To address at least one of the above problems, embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for receiving and transmitting aperiodic reference signals. The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings and specific implementation modes.
在下面的说明中,“用于上行发送(UL TX)的TCI状态”与“用于上行发送空域滤波器(UL TX spatial filter)的TCI状态”等价,可以互相替换;“参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号”,此时,该非周期参考信号并没有被真正传输。In the following description, "TCI status for uplink transmission (UL TX)" and "TCI status for uplink transmission spatial filter (UL TX spatial filter)" are equivalent and can be replaced with each other; "Reference signal request field "Used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal", at this time, the aperiodic reference signal is not actually transmitted.
第一方面的实施例Embodiments of the first aspect
本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的接收方法,应用在终端设备侧。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, which is applied on the terminal equipment side.
图4是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收方法的一示意图,如图4所示,该方法包括:Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
401,终端设备接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;401. The terminal device receives the first DCI. The first DCI includes a TCI field. The TCI field indicates at least two TCI states. The at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
402,所述终端设备接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;402. The terminal device receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
403,所述终端设备接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。403. The terminal device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
值得注意的是,以上附图4仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,以终端设备为例,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作,此外,还可以调整上述操作的对象。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图4的记载。It is worth noting that the above Figure 4 only schematically illustrates the embodiment of the present application, taking a terminal device as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and some other operations can be added or some operations reduced. In addition, the objects of the above operations can also be adjusted. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description in Figure 4 above.
根据本申请实施例,能够避免终端设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号的可靠性。According to the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,第一DCI可以是DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2,该第一DCI可以包含用于指示TCI状态的TCI域。第二DCI可以是DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2,该第二DCI可以包含用于触发非周期参考信号的字段,称为参考信号请求域。本申请不限于此,第一DCI和第二DCI也可以是其他格式,当第一DCI指示了至少两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,终端设备以与上述至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考来接收该非周期参考信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the first DCI may include a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status. The second DCI may be DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2. The second DCI may include a field used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal, which is called a reference signal request field. The application is not limited to this. The first DCI and the second DCI may also be in other formats, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals. , the terminal equipment receives the aperiodic reference signal with a QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states.
在本申请实施例中,非周期参考信号可以是非周期CSI-RS。针对非周期CSI-RS的传输,上述参考信号请求域称为“CSI request field”。本申请不限于此,非周期参考信号也可以是其他下行参考信号。在以下的说明中,以非周期参考信号是非周期CSI-RS为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic CSI-RS. For the transmission of aperiodic CSI-RS, the above reference signal request field is called "CSI request field". The application is not limited to this, and the aperiodic reference signal may also be other downlink reference signals. In the following description, the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS as an example.
在本申请实施例中,对于mTRP的unified TCI,该第一DCI的TCI字段可以指示以下情况至少之一:In this embodiment of the present application, for the unified TCI of mTRP, the TCI field of the first DCI may indicate at least one of the following situations:
1)一个联合TCI状态;1) A joint TCI state;
2)两个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);2) Two joint TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
3)两个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)和两个上行TCI状态;3) Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and two uplink TCI states;
4)一个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态;4) One downlink TCI state and one uplink TCI state;
5)两个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)和一个上行TCI状态;5) Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one uplink TCI state;
6)两个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)和一个下行TCI状态;6) Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one downlink TCI state;
7)两个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);7) Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
8)两个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);8) Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
9)一个下行TCI状态;9) A downlink TCI status;
10)一个上行TCI状态;10) An uplink TCI status;
11)一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);11) A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
12)一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);12) A downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
13)一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);13) A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
14)一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)。14) An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively).
在一些实施例中,上述至少两个TCI状态包括上述情况2)、3)、5)、7)、11)、12)其中之一。也即,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、5)、7)、11)、12)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域,则终端设备使用与上述至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考来接收该非周期参考信号。本申请不限于此,上述至少两个TCI状态也可以包括其他情况或者上述情况的其他组合。In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12). That is, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12), and the second DCI contains a non-periodic reference signal for triggering Reference signal request field, the terminal device uses the QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states to receive the aperiodic reference signal. The application is not limited to this, and the at least two TCI states mentioned above may also include other situations or other combinations of the above situations.
在上述实施例中,第一下行是由第一TRP发出的,也可以说第一下行对应第一TRP,例如图1所示的示例的第一TRP 101,第二下行是由第二TRP发出的,也可以说第二下行对应第二TRP,例如图1所示的示例的第二TRP 102。本申请不限于此,第一下行和第二下行也可以有其他表述,只要是两者分别关联第一TRP和第二TRP即可。In the above embodiment, the first downlink is sent by the first TRP. It can also be said that the first downlink corresponds to the first TRP, such as the first TRP 101 in the example shown in Figure 1, and the second downlink is sent by the second TRP. TRP is issued, it can also be said that the second downlink corresponds to the second TRP, such as the second TRP 102 in the example shown in Figure 1. The application is not limited to this. The first downlink and the second downlink may also have other expressions, as long as they are respectively associated with the first TRP and the second TRP.
在一些实施例中,用于接收非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为前述第一TCI状 态或者为前述第二TCI状态。也即,终端设备使用预定义的TCI状态(第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态)作为QCL参考来接收该非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the terminal device uses a predefined TCI state (first TCI state or second TCI state) as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
例如,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、5)、7)、11)、12)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期CSI-RS的“CSI request field”,则终端设备总是选择第一TCI状态作为非周期CSI-RS的QCL参考来接收该非周期CSI-RS。即,针对上述情况2),终端设备总是选择第1个联合TCI状态;针对上述情况3),终端设备总是选择第1个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况5),终端设备总是选择第1个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况7),终端设备总是选择第1个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况11),终端设备总是选择联合TCI状态;针对上述情况12),终端设备总是选择下行TCI状态。For example, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12), and the second DCI contains " CSI request field", the terminal device always selects the first TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal equipment always selects the first joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal equipment always selects the first downlink TCI state; for the above situation 5), the terminal equipment always selects the first joint TCI state. 1 downlink TCI state; for the above situation 7), the terminal equipment always selects the first downlink TCI state; for the above situation 11), the terminal equipment always selects the joint TCI state; for the above situation 12), the terminal equipment always selects the joint TCI state Downlink TCI status.
或者,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、5)、7)、11)、12)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期CSI-RS的“CSI request field”,则终端设备总是选择第二TCI状态作为非周期CSI-RS的QCL参考来接收该非周期CSI-RS。即,针对上述情况2),终端设备总是选择第2个联合TCI状态;针对上述情况3),终端设备总是选择第2个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况5),终端设备总是选择第2个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况7),终端设备总是选择第2个下行TCI状态;针对上述情况11),终端设备总是选择下行TCI状态;针对上述情况12),终端设备总是选择联合TCI状态。Or, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12), and the second DCI contains " CSI request field", the terminal device always selects the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal equipment always selects the second joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state; for the above situation 5), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state. 2 downlink TCI states; for the above situation 7), the terminal equipment always selects the second downlink TCI state; for the above situation 11), the terminal equipment always selects the downlink TCI state; for the above situation 12), the terminal equipment always selects Joint TCI status.
在另一些实施例中,用于接收非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,也即,终端设备使用与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。例如,如果上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第一TCI状态,则终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号;如果上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第二TCI状态时,则终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。In other embodiments, the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time. That is, the terminal device uses the same TCI state as the one used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time. Different TCI states are used as QCL references to receive aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time is the first TCI state, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time is When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
仍以前述为例,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、5)、7)、11)、12)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期CSI-RS的“CSI request field”,则终端设备交替选择第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态作为非周期CSI-RS的QCL参考来接收该非周期CSI-RS。Still using the above example, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 5), 7), 11), and 12), and the second DCI contains triggered aperiodic CSI -RS "CSI request field", then the terminal device alternately selects the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic CSI-RS to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS.
在上述实施例中,终端设备还可以接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示终端设备在非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收该非周期参考信号;上述默认的TCI状态是前述第一TCI状态或者前述第二TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the terminal device may also receive first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the above-mentioned default TCI state is the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
本申请对第一指示信息的实现方式不做限制,例如,该第一指示信息可以是一个重置命令,称为“reset TCI for CSI重置命令”,当终端设备收到该重置命令后,在非周期CSI-RS被第1次触发时,默认先选择第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS,并在终端设备侧记录当前选择情况;在第2次非周期CSI-RS触发时,选择第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS;在第3次非周期CSI-RS触发时,选择第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS;在第4次非周期CSI-RS触发时,选择第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS,对于其他次非周期CSI-RS的触发,如此交替选择。This application does not limit the implementation method of the first indication information. For example, the first indication information can be a reset command, called "reset TCI for CSI reset command". When the terminal device receives the reset command, , when aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered for the first time, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference by default to receive aperiodic CSI-RS, and the current selection situation is recorded on the terminal device side; in the second aperiodic CSI-RS When the RS is triggered, the second TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS; when the third aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic CSI-RS; When aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered four times, the second TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to receive aperiodic CSI-RS. For other aperiodic CSI-RS triggers, the selection is alternately selected.
在上述实施例中,上述重置命令可能发送多次,终端设备在每次接收到该重置命令后,都在非周期CSI-RS被第一次触发时使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS,并在接收到下一次重启命令之前,始终交替选择第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期CSI-RS。In the above embodiment, the above reset command may be sent multiple times, and each time the terminal device receives the reset command, it uses the default TCI state as the QCL reference when the aperiodic CSI-RS is triggered for the first time. Receive aperiodic CSI-RS, and before receiving the next restart command, always alternately select the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive aperiodic CSI-RS.
在又一些实施例中,第二DCI还包括第一指示域,该第一指示域用于指示接收非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态。终端设备使用该第一指示域所指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI further includes a first indication field, which is used to indicate the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal. The terminal equipment uses the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,该第一指示域所指示的TCI状态为前述第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态。但本申请不限于此,该第一指示域所指示的TCI状态也可以是前述至少两个TCI中的其他TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the TCI state indicated by the first indication field is the aforementioned first TCI state or the second TCI state. However, the present application is not limited thereto. The TCI status indicated by the first indication field may also be other TCI status among the aforementioned at least two TCIs.
在上述实施例中,该第一指示域可以是第二DCI中新增的字段,例如可以称为“mapping TCI to CSI”。In the above embodiment, the first indication field may be a newly added field in the second DCI, which may be called "mapping TCI to CSI", for example.
在一些实施方式中,该第一指示域的字段长度可以是1比特,用于指示终端设备选择哪个TCI状态作为非周期参考信号的QCL参考。In some embodiments, the field length of the first indication field may be 1 bit, and is used to indicate which TCI state the terminal device selects as the QCL reference of the aperiodic reference signal.
例如,当第一指示域的值为0时,终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当第一指示域的值为1时,终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。For example, when the value of the first indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference. Receive aperiodic reference signals.
再例如,当第一指示域的值为0时,终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当第一指示域的值为1时,终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。For another example, when the value of the first indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference. Reference receives aperiodic reference signals.
以第一指示域是“mapping TCI to CSI”为例,下面的表格示出了该“mapping TCI to CSI”字段的取值和对应的含义。Taking the first indication field as "mapping TCI to CSI" as an example, the following table shows the value and corresponding meaning of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field.
取值value 含义meaning
00 选择第一下行对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态Select the TCI status corresponding to the first downlink for downlink reception.
11 选择第二下行对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态Select the TCI status corresponding to the second downlink for downlink reception.
也即,当该“mapping TCI to CSI”字段的取值为0时,指示终端设备选择第一下行(对应第一TRP)对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态,即第一TCI状态;当该“mapping TCI to CSI”字段的取值为1时,指示终端设备选择第二下行(对应第二TRP)对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态,即第二TCI状态。That is, when the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first downlink (corresponding to the first TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the first TCI state; when When the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second downlink (corresponding to the second TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the second TCI state.
以上只是举例说明,本申请对此不做限制,上述取值对应的含义也可以互换。例如,当该“mapping TCI to CSI”字段的取值为0时,指示终端设备选择第二下行(对应第二TRP)对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态,即第二TCI状态;当该“mapping TCI to CSI”字段的取值为1时,指示终端设备选择第一下行(对应第一TRP)对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态,即第一TCI状态。The above are just examples, and this application does not limit this, and the corresponding meanings of the above values can also be interchanged. For example, when the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state for downlink reception corresponding to the second downlink (corresponding to the second TRP), that is, the second TCI state; when the " When the value of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first downlink (corresponding to the first TRP) for downlink reception, that is, the first TCI state.
在上述实施例中,以在mTRP的情况下在第二DCI中新增“mapping TCI to CSI”字段为例,本申请不限于此,在非mTRP的情况下,例如sTRP的情况,也可以在第二DCI中新增“mapping TCI to CSI”字段,该字段的取值固定为某一个固定值,例如固定为0,由此,终端设备始终选择某个下行(对应某个TRP)对应的用于下行接收的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。In the above embodiment, taking the addition of the "mapping TCI to CSI" field in the second DCI in the case of mTRP as an example, the application is not limited to this. In the case of non-mTRP, such as the case of sTRP, it can also be added in the second DCI. A new "mapping TCI to CSI" field is added to the second DCI. The value of this field is fixed to a certain fixed value, such as 0. Therefore, the terminal device always selects the user corresponding to a certain downlink (corresponding to a certain TRP). The TCI state received in the downlink is used as a QCL reference to receive aperiodic reference signals.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments only illustrate the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications can be made based on the above embodiments. For example, each of the above embodiments can be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments can be combined.
由上述实施例可知,当第一DCI指示了至少了两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,终端设备使用与这至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考接收该非周期参考信号,能够避免终端设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号的可靠性。As can be seen from the above embodiments, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals, the terminal equipment uses the information related to the at least two TCI states. The QCL reference receives the aperiodic reference signal, which can avoid the ambiguity of the terminal equipment in how to select the quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's downlink reception of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
第二方面的实施例Embodiments of the second aspect
本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的发送方法,应用于网络设备侧,是与第一方面的实施例的方法对应的网络设备侧的处理,其中与第一方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, which is applied to the network device side and is a process on the network device side corresponding to the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, wherein the content is the same as that of the embodiment of the first aspect. No longer.
图5是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送方法的一示意图,如图5所示,该方法包括:Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
501,网络设备发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;501. The network device sends the first DCI. The first DCI includes a TCI field. The TCI field indicates at least two TCI states. The at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
502,所述网络设备发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;502. The network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
503,所述网络设备发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。503. The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
值得注意的是,以上附图5仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图5的记载。It is worth noting that the above Figure 5 only schematically illustrates the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and some other operations can also be added or some of them reduced. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the above description in FIG. 5 .
根据本申请实施例,能够避免网络设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号的可靠性。According to the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how network equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment in downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
在一些实施例中,上述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the above-mentioned at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。A downlink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,用于发送非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为前述第一TCI状态或者为前述第二TCI状态。也即,网络设备始终使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考或者始终使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the network device always uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference or always uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,用于发送非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考 信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态。也即,网络设备交替使用不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。例如,如果上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第一TCI状态时,则网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号;如果上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第二TCI状态时,则网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a different TCI state than the TCI state used for the last time the aperiodic reference signal was transmitted. That is, the network device alternately uses different TCI states as QCL references to send aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,网络设备还可以发送第一指示信息,通过该第一指示信息指示终端设备在非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号;该默认的TCI状态可以是前述第一TCI状态或者前述第二TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the network device may also send first indication information, through which the terminal device is instructed to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state may be the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
在上述实施例中,非周期参考信号被第一次触发是指每次收到第一指示信息后的被触发,例如,第一指示信息可以是重置命令,可以称为“reset TCI for CSI”命令,在终端设备每次收到该重置命令后,当非周期参考信号被第一次触发时使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号,之后,交替使用与上次不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号,直到接收到下次的重置命令。In the above embodiment, the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time after receiving the first indication information. For example, the first indication information may be a reset command, which may be called "reset TCI for CSI". "Command, after each time the terminal device receives the reset command, when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time, the default TCI state is used as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal. After that, it is used alternately and is different from the last time. The TCI status serves as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal until the next reset command is received.
在一些实施例中,第二DCI还包括第一指示域,该第一指示域指示了接收非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态。由此,终端设备可以使用该第一指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI further includes a first indication field that indicates a TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device can use the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,该第一指示域指示的TCI状态可以是前述第一TCI状态,也可以是前述第二TCI状态,还可以是上述至少两个TCI状态中的其他TCI状态,本申请对此不做限制。In the above embodiment, the TCI state indicated by the first indication field may be the aforementioned first TCI state, the aforementioned second TCI state, or other TCI states among the aforementioned at least two TCI states. This application provides There is no restriction on this.
在上述实施例中,第一指示域的域宽度可以为1比特。In the above embodiment, the field width of the first indication field may be 1 bit.
在一些实施方式中,当第一指示域的值为0时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当第一指示域的值为1时,网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In some implementations, when the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device uses the second TCI Status sends aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
在另一些实施方式中,当第一指示域的值为0时,网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当第一指示域的值为1时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In other embodiments, when the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device uses the first TCI status sends aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
在本申请实施例中,第一DCI可以为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;第二DCI可以为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;参考信号请求域可以为CSI request;非周期参考信号可以为非周期CSI-RS。本申请不限于此,第一DCI和第二DCI还可以是其他格式,非周期参考信号可以是其他下行参考信号,相应的参考信号请求域也可以有其他名 字。In the embodiment of this application, the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI may be DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field may be CSI request; the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic CSI-RS. This application is not limited to this. The first DCI and the second DCI can also be in other formats, the aperiodic reference signal can be other downlink reference signals, and the corresponding reference signal request field can also have other names.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments only illustrate the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications can be made based on the above embodiments. For example, each of the above embodiments can be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments can be combined.
由上述实施例可知,当第一DCI指示了至少了两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送该非周期参考信号,能够避免网络设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号的可靠性。As can be seen from the above embodiments, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals, the network device uses the first TCI state or the second TCI Sending the aperiodic reference signal in the state as a QCL reference can avoid ambiguity in network equipment about how to select a quasi-co-located reference for sending aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment's downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
第三方面的实施例Embodiments of the third aspect
本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的发送方法,应用在终端设备侧。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending aperiodic reference signals, which is applied on the terminal equipment side.
图6是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送方法的一示意图,如图6所述,该方法包括:Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
601,终端设备接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;601. The terminal device receives the first DCI. The first DCI includes a TCI field. The TCI field indicates at least two TCI states. The at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
602,所述终端设备接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;602. The terminal device receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
603,所述终端设备发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。603. The terminal device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
值得注意的是,以上附图6仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,以终端设备为例,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作,此外,还可以调整上述操作的对象。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图6的记载。It is worth noting that the above Figure 6 only schematically illustrates the embodiment of the present application, taking a terminal device as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and some other operations can be added or some operations reduced. In addition, the objects of the above operations can also be adjusted. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the above description in FIG. 6 .
根据本申请实施例,能够避免终端设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。According to the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment for uplink transmission of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,第一DCI可以是DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2,该第一DCI可以包含用于指示TCI状态的TCI域。第二DCI可以是DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2,该第二DCI可以包含用于触发非周期参考信 号的字段,称为参考信号请求域。本申请不限于此,第一DCI和第二DCI也可以是其他格式,当第一DCI指示了至少两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,终端设备以与上述至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考来发送该非周期参考信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the first DCI may include a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status. The second DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2. The second DCI may include a field for triggering the aperiodic reference signal, which is called a reference signal request field. The application is not limited to this. The first DCI and the second DCI may also be in other formats, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals. , the terminal equipment sends the aperiodic reference signal with a QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states.
在本申请实施例中,非周期参考信号可以是非周期SRS。针对非周期SRS的传输,上述参考信号请求域称为“SRS request field”。本申请不限于此,非周期参考信号也可以是其他上行参考信号。在以下的说明中,以非周期参考信号是非周期SRS为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic SRS. For the transmission of aperiodic SRS, the above reference signal request field is called "SRS request field". The application is not limited to this, and the aperiodic reference signal may also be other uplink reference signals. In the following description, the aperiodic reference signal is an aperiodic SRS as an example.
在本申请实施例中,对于mTRP的unified TCI,该第一DCI的TCI字段可以指示以下情况至少之一:In this embodiment of the present application, for the unified TCI of mTRP, the TCI field of the first DCI may indicate at least one of the following situations:
1)一个联合TCI状态;1) A joint TCI state;
2)两个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);2) Two joint TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
3)两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);3) Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
4)一个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态;4) One downlink TCI state and one uplink TCI state;
5)两个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)和一个上行TCI状态;5) Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one uplink TCI state;
6)两个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态)和一个下行TCI状态;6) Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively) and one downlink TCI state;
7)两个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);7) Two downlink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
8)两个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);8) Two uplink TCI states (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
9)一个下行TCI状态;9) A downlink TCI status;
10)一个上行TCI状态;10) An uplink TCI status;
11)一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);11) A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
12)一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);12) A downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
13)一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态);13) A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively);
14)一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态(分别对应第一TCI状态和第二TCI 状态)。14) An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state (corresponding to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively).
在一些实施例中,上述至少两个TCI状态包括上述情况2)、3)、6)、8)、13)、14)其中之一。也即,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、6)、8)、13)、14)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域,则终端设备使用与上述至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考来发送该非周期参考信号。本申请不限于此,上述至少两个TCI状态也可以包括其他情况或者上述情况的其他组合。In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14). That is, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14), and the second DCI contains a non-periodic reference signal for triggering Reference signal request field, the terminal device uses the QCL reference related to the above-mentioned at least two TCI states to send the aperiodic reference signal. The application is not limited to this, and the at least two TCI states mentioned above may also include other situations or other combinations of the above situations.
在上述实施例中,第一上行是由第一TRP接收的,也即第一上行可以对应第一TRP,例如图1所示的示例的第一TRP 101,第二上行是由第二TRP接收的,也即第二上行可以对应第二TRP,例如图1所示的示例的第二TRP 102。本申请不限于此,第一上行好第二上行也可以有其他表述,只要两者分别对应第一TRP和第二TRP即可。In the above embodiment, the first uplink is received by the first TRP, that is, the first uplink may correspond to the first TRP, such as the first TRP 101 in the example shown in Figure 1, and the second uplink is received by the second TRP. , that is, the second uplink may correspond to the second TRP, such as the second TRP 102 in the example shown in Figure 1 . The application is not limited to this. The first uplink and the second uplink can also be expressed in other ways, as long as they correspond to the first TRP and the second TRP respectively.
在一些实施例中,用于发送非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为前述第一TCI状态或者为前述第二TCI状态。也即,终端设备使用预定义的TCI状态(第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态)作为QCL参考来发送该非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the terminal device uses the predefined TCI state (the first TCI state or the second TCI state) as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
例如,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、6)、8)、13)、14)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期SRS的“SRS request field”,则终端设备总是选择第一TCI状态作为非周期SRS的QCL参考来发送该非周期SRS。即,针对上述情况2),终端设备总是选择第1个联合TCI状态;针对上述情况3),终端设备总是选择第1个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况6),终端设备总是选择第1个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况8),终端设备总是选择第1个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况13),终端设备总是选择联合TCI状态;针对上述情况14),终端设备总是选择上行TCI状态。For example, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14), and the second DCI contains an "SRS request" that triggers aperiodic SRS field", the terminal device always selects the first TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal device always selects the first joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal device always selects the first uplink TCI state; for the above situation 6), the terminal device always selects the first joint TCI state. 1 uplink TCI state; for the above situation 8), the terminal equipment always selects the first uplink TCI state; for the above situation 13), the terminal equipment always selects the joint TCI state; for the above situation 14), the terminal equipment always selects Uplink TCI status.
或者,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、6)、8)、13)、14)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期SRS的“SRS request field”,则终端设备总是选择第二TCI状态作为非周期SRS的QCL参考来发送该非周期SRS。即,针对上述情况2),终端设备总是选择第2个联合TCI状态;针对上述情况3),终端设备总是选择第2个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况6),终端设备总是选择第2个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况8),终端设备总是选择第2个上行TCI状态;针对上述情况13),终端设备总是选择上行TCI状态;针对上述情况14),终端设备总是选择联合TCI状态。Or, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), 14), and the second DCI contains an "SRS request" that triggers aperiodic SRS field", the terminal device always selects the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS. That is, for the above situation 2), the terminal device always selects the second joint TCI state; for the above situation 3), the terminal device always selects the second uplink TCI state; for the above situation 6), the terminal device always selects the second joint TCI state. 2 uplink TCI states; for the above situation 8), the terminal device always selects the second uplink TCI state; for the above situation 13), the terminal device always selects the uplink TCI state; for the above situation 14), the terminal device always selects Joint TCI status.
在另一些实施例中,用于发送非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,也即,终端设备使用与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。例如, 如果上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第一TCI状态,则终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号;如果上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第二TCI状态时,则终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。In other embodiments, the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time. That is, the terminal device uses the same TCI state as the one used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time. Different TCI states are used as QCL references to transmit aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time is the first TCI state, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time is When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
仍以前述为例,如果第一DCI的TCI字段的指示是上述情况2)、3)、6)、8)、13)、14)中的一种,并且,第二DCI包含触发非周期SRS的“SRS request field”,则终端设备交替选择第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态作为非周期SRS的QCL参考来发送该非周期SRS。Still using the above example, if the indication of the TCI field of the first DCI is one of the above situations 2), 3), 6), 8), 13), and 14), and the second DCI contains triggering aperiodic SRS "SRS request field", the terminal device alternately selects the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference of the aperiodic SRS to send the aperiodic SRS.
在上述实施例中,终端设备还可以接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示终端设备在非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送该非周期参考信号;上述默认的TCI状态是前述第一TCI状态或者前述第二TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the terminal device may also receive second indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the above-mentioned default TCI state is the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
本申请对第二指示信息的实现方式不做限制,例如,该第二指示信息可以是一个重置命令,称为“reset TCI for SRS重置命令”,当终端设备收到该重置命令后,在非周期SRS被第1次触发时,默认先选择第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS,并在终端设备侧记录当前选择情况;在第2次非周期SRS触发时,选择第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS;在第3次非周期SRS触发时,选择第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS;在第4次非周期SRS触发时,选择第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS,对于其他次的非周期SRS触发,如此交替选择。This application does not limit the implementation method of the second indication information. For example, the second indication information can be a reset command, called "reset TCI for SRS reset command". When the terminal device receives the reset command , when aperiodic SRS is triggered for the first time, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS by default, and the current selection situation is recorded on the terminal device side; when aperiodic SRS is triggered for the second time, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference. The second TCI state is used as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS; when the third aperiodic SRS is triggered, the first TCI state is selected as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic SRS; when the fourth aperiodic SRS is triggered, the second TCI is selected The status is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS, and for other times of aperiodic SRS triggering, the selection is alternated.
在上述实施例中,上述重置命令可能发送多次,终端设备在每次接收到该重置命令后,都在非周期SRS被第一次触发时使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS,并在接收到下一次重启命令之前,始终交替选择第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS。In the above embodiment, the above reset command may be sent multiple times. Each time the terminal device receives the reset command, it uses the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the non-periodic SRS when the aperiodic SRS is triggered for the first time. Periodic SRS, and before receiving the next restart command, always alternately select the first TCI state and the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS.
在另一些实施例中,第二DCI还包括第二指示域,该第二指示域用于指示接收非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态。终端设备使用该第二指示域所指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In other embodiments, the second DCI further includes a second indication field, which is used to indicate the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal. The terminal equipment uses the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
在上述实施例中,该第二指示域所指示的TCI状态为前述第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态。但本申请不限于此,该第二指示域所指示的TCI状态也可以是前述至少两个TCI中的其他TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the TCI state indicated by the second indication field is the aforementioned first TCI state or the second TCI state. However, the present application is not limited thereto. The TCI status indicated by the second indication field may also be other TCI status among the aforementioned at least two TCIs.
在上述实施例中,该第二指示域可以是第二DCI中新增的字段,例如可以称为“mapping TCI to SRS”。In the above embodiment, the second indication field may be a newly added field in the second DCI, which may be called "mapping TCI to SRS", for example.
在一些实施方式中,该第二指示域的字段长度可以是1比特,用于指示终端设备选择哪个TCI状态作为非周期参考信号的QCL参考。In some embodiments, the field length of the second indication field may be 1 bit, and is used to indicate which TCI state the terminal device selects as the QCL reference of the aperiodic reference signal.
例如,当第二指示域的值为0时,终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当第二指示域的值为1时,终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。For example, when the value of the second indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference. Send aperiodic reference signals.
再例如,当第二指示域的值为0时,终端设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当第二指示域的值为1时,终端设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。For another example, when the value of the second indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as the QCL Reference transmits aperiodic reference signals.
以第二指示域是“mapping TCI to SRS”为例,下面的表格示出了该“mapping TCI to SRS”字段的取值和对应的含义。Taking the second indication field as "mapping TCI to SRS" as an example, the following table shows the value and corresponding meaning of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field.
取值value 含义meaning
00 选择第一上行对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态Select the TCI status corresponding to the first uplink for uplink transmission.
11 选择第二上行对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态Select the TCI status corresponding to the second uplink for uplink transmission.
也即,当该“mapping TCI to SRS”字段的取值为0时,指示终端设备选择第一上行(对应第一TRP)对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态,即第一TCI状态;当该“mapping TCI to SRS”字段的取值为1时,指示终端设备选择第二上行(对应第二TRP)对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态,即第二TCI状态。That is, when the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first uplink (corresponding to the first TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the first TCI state; when the When the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second uplink (corresponding to the second TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the second TCI state.
以上只是举例说明,本申请对此不做限制,上述取值对应的含义也可以互换。例如,当该“mapping TCI to SRS”字段的取值为0时,指示终端设备选择第二上行(对应第二TRP)对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态,即第二TCI状态;当该“mapping TCI to SRS”字段的取值为1时,指示终端设备选择第一上行(对应第一TRP)对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态,即第一TCI状态。The above are just examples, and this application does not limit this, and the corresponding meanings of the above values can also be interchanged. For example, when the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 0, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the second uplink (corresponding to the second TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the second TCI state; when the " When the value of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field is 1, the terminal device is instructed to select the TCI state corresponding to the first uplink (corresponding to the first TRP) for uplink transmission, that is, the first TCI state.
在上述实施例中,以在mTRP的情况下在第二DCI中新增“mapping TCI to SRS”字段为例,本申请不限于此,在非mTRP的情况下,例如sTRP的情况,也可以在第二DCI中新增“mapping TCI to SRS”字段,该字段的取值固定为某一个固定值,例如固定为0,由此,终端设备始终选择某个上行(对应某个TRP)对应的用于上行发送的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号。In the above embodiment, taking the addition of the "mapping TCI to SRS" field in the second DCI in the case of mTRP as an example, the application is not limited to this. In the case of non-mTRP, such as the case of sTRP, it can also be added in the second DCI. The "mapping TCI to SRS" field is added to the second DCI. The value of this field is fixed to a certain fixed value, such as 0. Therefore, the terminal device always selects the user corresponding to a certain uplink (corresponding to a certain TRP). The TCI status sent in the uplink is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
在又一些实施例中,第二DCI的参考信号请求域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合,终端设备使用该SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal request field of the second DCI also indicates a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resource set, and the terminal device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
在上述实施例中,终端设备可以根据SRS资源集合(SRS resource set)和TCI状态的关联关系确定该第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the terminal device can determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
本申请对该关联关系的实现方式不做限制。例如,该关联关系可以是预定义的、或者是预配置的(半静态的)、或者是网络设备配置的(动态的)。并且,该关联关系可以存储在UE侧和/或网络侧,或者,该关联关系可以写在标准文档里,等等。This application does not limit the implementation method of this association relationship. For example, the association relationship may be predefined, or preconfigured (semi-static), or configured by the network device (dynamic). Moreover, the association relationship can be stored on the UE side and/or the network side, or the association relationship can be written in a standard document, etc.
在一些实施方式中,预先将所有可用于mTRP传输的每一个SRS resource set都固定关联至其中一个TCI状态,即关联至第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态中的1个。例如,可用于mTRP传输的SRS resource set可能配置为p个,p∈2,3,4(SRS request字段位宽2bit,故最多可从4个SRS resource set中选择1个),分别表示为SRS-ResourceSet 1~SRS-ResourceSet p。下表是SRS-ResourceSet与TCI状态的关联关系的一个示例,其中右侧每一列都表示一组关联关系。In some implementations, each SRS resource set available for mTRP transmission is fixedly associated with one of the TCI states in advance, that is, associated with one of the first TCI state and the second TCI state. For example, the SRS resource set that can be used for mTRP transmission may be configured as p, p∈2, 3, 4 (the SRS request field is 2 bits wide, so up to 1 can be selected from 4 SRS resource sets), respectively represented as SRS -ResourceSet 1~SRS-ResourceSet p. The following table is an example of the relationship between SRS-ResourceSet and TCI status. Each column on the right represents a set of relationships.
Figure PCTCN2022111822-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022111822-appb-000001
上表仅列出了SRS-ResourceSet与TCI状态的关联关系的部分情况,其余未列出关联关系的情况同样适用于本申请。The above table only lists some of the correlations between SRS-ResourceSet and TCI status. The remaining correlations that are not listed are also applicable to this application.
在上述实施例中,在非周期SRS触发的情况下,终端设备可以根据SRS request字段的取值选择对应的SRS resource set,并根据预先确定的关联关系,选择第一TCI状态或者选择第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期SRS。In the above embodiment, in the case of aperiodic SRS triggering, the terminal device can select the corresponding SRS resource set according to the value of the SRS request field, and select the first TCI state or select the second TCI according to the predetermined association relationship. Status as QCL reference to send aperiodic SRS.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments only illustrate the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications can be made based on the above embodiments. For example, each of the above embodiments can be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments can be combined.
由上述实施例可知,当第一DCI指示了至少了两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,终端设备使用与这至少两个TCI状态有关的QCL参考发送该非周期参考信号,能够避免终端设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。As can be seen from the above embodiments, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals, the terminal equipment uses the information related to the at least two TCI states. Using the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal can avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for sending the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's uplink transmission of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
第四方面的实施例Embodiments of the fourth aspect
本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的接收方法,应用于网络设备侧,是与第三方面的实施例的方法对应的网络设备侧的处理,其中与第三方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, which is applied to the network device side and is a processing on the network device side corresponding to the method of the embodiment of the third aspect, wherein the content is the same as that of the embodiment of the third aspect. No longer.
图7是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收方法的一示意图,如图7所示,该方法包括:Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
701,网络设备发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;701. The network device sends the first DCI, where the first DCI includes a TCI field, and the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
702,所述网络设备发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;702. The network device sends a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
703,所述网络设备接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。703. The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
值得注意的是,以上附图7仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图7的记载。It is worth noting that the above Figure 7 only schematically illustrates the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and some other operations can also be added or some of them reduced. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the above description in FIG. 7 .
根据本申请实施例,能够避免网络设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。According to the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how network equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals, thereby ensuring the reliability of terminal equipment for uplink transmission of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
在一些实施例中,上述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the above-mentioned at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和两个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一 TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。An uplink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,用于接收非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为前述第一TCI状态或者为前述第二TCI状态。也即,网络设备始终使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考或者始终使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the aforementioned first TCI state or as the aforementioned second TCI state. That is, the network device always uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference or always uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,用于接收非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态。也即,网络设备交替使用不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。例如,如果上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第一TCI状态时,则网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号;如果上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为第二TCI状态时,则网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a different TCI state than the TCI state used when the aperiodic reference signal was last received. That is, the network device alternately uses different TCI states as QCL references to receive aperiodic reference signals. For example, if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; if the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was When the TCI state is the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,网络设备还可以发送第二指示信息,通过该第二指示信息指示终端设备在非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号;该默认的TCI状态可以是前述第一TCI状态或者前述第二TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the network device may also send second indication information, through which the terminal device is instructed to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state may be the aforementioned first TCI state or the aforementioned second TCI state.
在上述实施例中,非周期参考信号被第一次触发是指每次收到第二指示信息后的被触发,例如,第二指示信息可以是重置命令,可以称为“reset TCI for SRS”命令,在终端设备每次收到该重置命令后,当非周期参考信号被第一次触发时使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号,之后,交替使用与上次不同的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送非周期参考信号,直到接收到下次的重置命令。In the above embodiment, the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time when the second indication information is received. For example, the second indication information may be a reset command, which may be called "reset TCI for SRS". "Command, after each time the terminal device receives the reset command, when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time, the default TCI state is used as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal. After that, it is used alternately and is different from the last time. The TCI status is used as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals until the next reset command is received.
在一些实施例中,第二DCI还包括第二指示域,该第二指示域指示了发送非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态。由此,终端设备可以使用该第二指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI further includes a second indication field that indicates a TCI state required for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device can use the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
在上述实施例中,该第二指示域指示的TCI状态可以是前述第一TCI状态,也可以是前述第二TCI状态,还可以是上述至少两个TCI状态中的其他TCI状态,本申请对此不做限制。In the above embodiment, the TCI state indicated by the second indication field may be the aforementioned first TCI state, the aforementioned second TCI state, or other TCI states among the aforementioned at least two TCI states. This application provides There is no restriction on this.
在上述实施例中,第二指示域的域宽度可以为1比特。In the above embodiment, the field width of the second indication field may be 1 bit.
在一些实施方式中,当第二指示域的值为0时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当第二指示域的值为1时,网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In some implementations, when the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device uses the second TCI Status receives aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
在另一些实施方式中,当第二指示域的值为0时,网络设备使用第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当第二指示域的值为1时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In other embodiments, when the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device uses the first TCI state receives aperiodic reference signal as QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,第二DCI的参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合;网络设备使用该SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the network device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,网络设备根据SRS资源集合和TCI状态的关联关系确定第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。本申请对该关联关系的实现方式不做限制。In the above embodiment, the network device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state. This application does not limit the implementation method of this association relationship.
在本申请实施例中,第一DCI可以为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;第二DCI可以为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;参考信号请求域可以为SRS request;非周期参考信号可以为非周期SRS。本申请不限于此,第一DCI和第二DCI还可以是其他格式,非周期参考信号可以是其他上行参考信号,相应的参考信号请求域也可以有其他名字。In the embodiment of this application, the first DCI can be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI can be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field can be SRS request; The aperiodic reference signal may be aperiodic SRS. The application is not limited to this. The first DCI and the second DCI can also be in other formats, the aperiodic reference signal can be other uplink reference signals, and the corresponding reference signal request field can also have other names.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments only illustrate the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications can be made based on the above embodiments. For example, each of the above embodiments can be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments can be combined.
由上述实施例可知,当第一DCI指示了至少了两个TCI状态,并且,第二DCI包含用于触发非周期参考信号的参考信号请求域时,网络设备使用第一TCI状态或者第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收该非周期参考信号,能够避免网络设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。As can be seen from the above embodiments, when the first DCI indicates at least two TCI states, and the second DCI contains a reference signal request field for triggering aperiodic reference signals, the network device uses the first TCI state or the second TCI Using the state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal can avoid ambiguity in how the network equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal, thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal device's uplink transmission of the aperiodic reference signal by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
第五方面的实施例Embodiments of the fifth aspect
本申请实施例提供一种非周期参考信号的接收装置。该装置例如可以是终端设备,也可以是配置于终端设备的某个或某些部件或者组件,与第一至第二方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application provides a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals. The device may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be some or some components or components configured in the terminal device, and the same content as the embodiments of the first to second aspects will not be described again.
图8是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置的一示意图。如图8所示,本申 请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置800包括:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an aperiodic reference signal receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the aperiodic reference signal receiving device 800 in this embodiment of the present application includes:
第一接收单元801,其接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The first receiving unit 801 receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二接收单元802,其接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;以及The second receiving unit 802 receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal; and
第三接收单元803,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The third receiving unit 803 receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在一些实施例中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。A downlink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。In some embodiments, the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,第三接收单元803使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,第三接收单元803使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second TCI state, the third receiving unit 803 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,接收装置800还包括:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 8, the receiving device 800 further includes:
第四接收单元804,其接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述 非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The fourth receiving unit 804 receives the first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI还包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域指示了接收所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态;第三接收单元803使用所述第一指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI also includes a first indication field that indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal; the third receiving unit 803 uses the first indication field. The TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,在一些实施方式中,所述第一指示域的域宽度为1比特;当所述第一指示域的值为0时,第三接收单元803使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述第三接收单元803使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;或者,当所述第一指示域的值为0时,第三接收单元803使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,第三接收单元803使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。In the above embodiments, in some implementations, the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit 803 uses the first TCI state Receive an aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive an aperiodic reference signal; or, when the value of the first indication field is 1, When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit 803 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third receiving unit 803 uses The first TCI state receives an aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;所述第二DCI为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;所述参考信号请求域为CSI request;所述非周期参考信号为非周期CSI-RS。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is CSI request; the aperiodic reference The signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
本申请实施例还提供一种非周期参考信号的发送装置。该装置例如可以是网络设备,也可以是配置于网络设备的某个或某些部件或者组件,与第一至第二方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for sending aperiodic reference signals. The device may be, for example, a network device, or may be some or some components or components configured on the network device. The same content as the embodiments of the first to second aspects will not be described again.
图9是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置的一示意图。如图9所示,本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置900包括:FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the aperiodic reference signal sending device 900 in this embodiment of the present application includes:
第一发送单元901,其发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The first sending unit 901 sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二发送单元902,其发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The second sending unit 902 sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
第三发送单元903,其发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The third sending unit 903 is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在一些实施例中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一 TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。A downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,第三发送单元903使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,第三发送单元903使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal last time was the second TCI state, the third sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,如图9所示,发送装置900还包括:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 9, the sending device 900 further includes:
第四发送单元904,其发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The fourth sending unit 904 sends first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI还包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域指示了接收所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态,以便所述终端设备使用所述第一指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI further includes a first indication field, the first indication field indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the first The TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,在一些实施方式中,所述第一指示域的域宽度为1比特;当所述第一指示域的值为0时,第三发送单元903使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,第三发送单元903使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;或者,当所述第一指示域的值为0时,第三发送单元903使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,第三发送单元903使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。In the above embodiments, in some implementations, the field width of the first indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the first indication field is 0, the third sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state Send the aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; or, when When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third sending unit 903 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the third sending unit 903 The sending unit 903 uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;所述第二 DCI为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;所述参考信号请求域为CSI request;所述非周期参考信号为非周期CSI-RS。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is CSI request; the aperiodic reference The signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
本申请实施例还提供一种非周期参考信号的发送装置。该装置例如可以是终端设备,也可以是配置于终端设备的某个或某些部件或者组件,与第三至第四方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for sending aperiodic reference signals. The device may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be some or some parts or components configured in the terminal device. The same content as the embodiments of the third to fourth aspects will not be described again.
图10是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置的一示意图。如图10所示,本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的发送装置1000包括:FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a device for transmitting aperiodic reference signals according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the aperiodic reference signal sending device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application includes:
第一接收单元1001,其接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The first receiving unit 1001 receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二接收单元1002,其接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The second receiving unit 1002 receives the second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
发送单元1003,其发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The sending unit 1003 is configured to send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在一些实施例中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和两个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。In some embodiments, the QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,In some embodiments, the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,发送单元1003 使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,发送单元1003使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal last time was the second TCI state, the transmitting unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,如图10所示,发送装置1000还包括:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 10, the sending device 1000 further includes:
第三接收单元1004,其接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The third receiving unit 1004 receives second indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI还包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域指示了发送所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态;发送单元1003使用所述第二指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI also includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal; the sending unit 1003 uses the second indication field The indicated TCI status is transmitted as a QCL reference by the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,在一些实施方式中,所述第二指示域的域宽度为1比特;当所述第二指示域的值为0时,发送单元1003使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,发送单元1003使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;或者,当所述第二指示域的值为0时,发送单元1003使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,发送单元1003使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。In the above embodiments, in some implementations, the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the second indication field is 0, the sending unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL The aperiodic reference signal is sent with reference; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; or, when the value of the second indication field is When it is 0, the sending unit 1003 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the sending unit 1003 uses the first TCI state as the QCL reference to send Aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合;发送单元1003使用所述SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the sending unit 1003 uses the TCI status associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send the Described non-periodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,发送单元1003可以根据SRS资源集合和TCI状态的关联关系确定所述第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the sending unit 1003 may determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;所述第二DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;所述参考信号请求域为SRS request;所述非周期参考信号为非周期SRS。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is SRS request; the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
本申请实施例还提供一种非周期参考信号的接收装置。该装置例如可以是网络设备,也可以是配置于网络设备的某个或某些部件或者组件,与第三至第四方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a device for receiving aperiodic reference signals. The device may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or some components or components configured on the network device. The same content as the embodiments of the third to fourth aspects will not be described again.
图11是本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置的一示意图。如图11所示,本申请实施例的非周期参考信号的接收装置1100包括:FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an aperiodic reference signal receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the aperiodic reference signal receiving device 1100 in the embodiment of the present application includes:
第一发送单元1101,其发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指 示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The first sending unit 1101 sends the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
第二发送单元1102,其发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The second sending unit 1102 sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
接收单元1103,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The receiving unit 1103 receives the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在一些实施例中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和两个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。In some embodiments, the QCL reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or as the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,In some embodiments, the QCL used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,接收单元1103使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,接收单元1103使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second TCI state, the receiving unit 1103 uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,如图11所示,接收装置1100还包括:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 11, the receiving device 1100 further includes:
第三发送单元1104,其发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The third sending unit 1104 sends second indication information. The second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. Aperiodic reference signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI还包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域指示了发送所 述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态,以便所述终端设备使用所述第二指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the second DCI further includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the second The TCI status indicated by the indication field is used as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,在一些实施方式中,所述第二指示域的域宽度为1比特;当所述第二指示域的值为0时,接收单元1103使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,接收单元1103使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;或者,当所述第二指示域的值为0时,接收单元1103使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,接收单元1103使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。In the above embodiments, in some implementations, the field width of the second indication field is 1 bit; when the value of the second indication field is 0, the receiving unit 1103 uses the first TCI state as the QCL The aperiodic reference signal is received with reference; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; or, when the second indication field is When the value of the indication field is 0, the receiving unit 1103 uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the receiving unit 1103 uses the first The TCI state receives the aperiodic reference signal as a QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第二DCI的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合;接收单元1103使用所述SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set; the receiving unit 1103 uses the TCI status associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to receive all Described non-periodic reference signal.
在上述实施例中,接收单元1103可以根据SRS资源集合和TCI状态的关联关系确定所述第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。In the above embodiment, the receiving unit 1103 may determine the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;所述第二DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;所述参考信号请求域为SRS request;所述非周期参考信号为非周期SRS。In this embodiment of the present application, the first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2; the second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2; the reference signal request field is SRS request; the aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments only illustrate the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications can be made based on the above embodiments. For example, each of the above embodiments can be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments can be combined.
值得注意的是,以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明,但本申请不限于此。装置800~1100还可以包括其他部件或者模块,关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容,可以参考相关技术。It is worth noting that the above only describes each component or module related to the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. The devices 800 to 1100 may also include other components or modules. For the specific contents of these components or modules, please refer to related technologies.
此外,为了简单起见,图8至图11中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向,但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是,可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现;本申请实施并不对此进行限制。In addition, for the sake of simplicity, Figures 8 to 11 only illustrate the connection relationships or signal directions between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connections can be used. . Each of the above components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as a processor, a memory, a transmitter, a receiver, etc.; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
由上述实施例可知,一方面,能够避免终端设备对接收非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,另一方面,能够避免终端设备对发送非周期参考信号如何选择准共址参考产生歧义,从而通过明确选择TCI状态来保证终端设备下行接收非周期参考信号 和上行发送非周期参考信号的可靠性。It can be seen from the above embodiments that, on the one hand, it is possible to avoid ambiguity in how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for receiving aperiodic reference signals; on the other hand, it is possible to avoid ambiguity about how the terminal equipment selects a quasi-co-located reference for transmitting aperiodic reference signals. , thereby ensuring the reliability of the terminal equipment's downlink reception of aperiodic reference signals and uplink transmission of aperiodic reference signals by explicitly selecting the TCI state.
第六方面的实施例Embodiment of the sixth aspect
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备,可以参考图1,与第一方面至第五方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a network device and a terminal device. Reference may be made to FIG. 1 , and the same content as the embodiments of the first to fifth aspects will not be described again.
在一些实施例中,网络设备被配置为:In some embodiments, the network device is configured to:
发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;Send a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;Send a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关;Send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states;
在上述实施例中,终端设备被配置为:In the above embodiment, the terminal device is configured as:
接收所述第一DCI;receiving the first DCI;
接收所述第二DCI;receiving the second DCI;
接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The aperiodic reference signal is received, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在上述实施例中,关于网络设备和终端设备的内容已经在第一和第二方面的实施例中做了详细说明,其内容被合并于此,此处不再赘述。In the above embodiments, the content regarding the network device and the terminal device has been described in detail in the embodiments of the first and second aspects, and the content thereof is incorporated here and will not be described again here.
在另一些实施例中,网络设备被配置为:In other embodiments, the network device is configured to:
发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;Send a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;Send a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关;receiving the aperiodic reference signal, a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal being related to the at least two TCI states;
在上述实施例中,终端设备被配置为:In the above embodiment, the terminal device is configured as:
接收所述第一DCI;receiving the first DCI;
接收所述接收第二DCI;receiving said receiving second DCI;
发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少 两个TCI状态有关。The aperiodic reference signal is transmitted, and the QCL reference used to transmit the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
在上述实施例中,关于网络设备和终端设备的内容已经在第三和第四方面的实施例中做了详细说明,其内容被合并于此,此处不再赘述。In the above embodiments, the content about the network device and the terminal device has been described in detail in the embodiments of the third and fourth aspects, and the content is incorporated here and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,但本申请不限于此,还可以是其他的设备。The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, but the present application is not limited to this and may also be other devices.
图12是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图。如图12所示,该终端设备1200可以包括处理器1210和存储器1220;存储器1220存储有数据和程序,并耦合到处理器1210。值得注意的是,该图是示例性的;还可以使用其他类型的结构,来补充或代替该结构,以实现电信功能或其他功能。Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the terminal device 1200 may include a processor 1210 and a memory 1220; the memory 1220 stores data and programs and is coupled to the processor 1210. It is worth noting that this figure is exemplary; other types of structures may also be used to supplement or replace this structure to implement telecommunications functions or other functions.
例如,处理器1210可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第一方面或第三方面的实施例所述的方法。For example, the processor 1210 may be configured to execute a program to implement the method described in the embodiments of the first aspect or the third aspect.
如图12所示,该终端设备1200还可以包括:通信模块1230、输入单元1240、显示器1250、电源1260。其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,终端设备1200也并不是必须要包括图122中所示的所有部件,上述部件并不是必需的;此外,终端设备1200还可以包括图12中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。As shown in Figure 12, the terminal device 1200 may also include: a communication module 1230, an input unit 1240, a display 1250, and a power supply 1260. The functions of the above components are similar to those in the prior art and will not be described again here. It is worth noting that the terminal device 1200 does not necessarily include all components shown in Figure 122, and the above components are not required; in addition, the terminal device 1200 may also include components not shown in Figure 12, please refer to the current There is technology.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,例如可以是基站,但本申请不限于此,还可以是其他的网络设备。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, which may be a base station, for example, but the present application is not limited thereto and may also be other network devices.
图13是本申请实施例的网络设备的构成示意图。如图13所示,网络设备1300可以包括:处理器1310(例如中央处理器CPU)和存储器1320;存储器1320耦合到处理器1310。其中该存储器1320可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序1330,并且在处理器1310的控制下执行该程序1330。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the network device 1300 may include a processor 1310 (eg, a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 1320 ; the memory 1320 is coupled to the processor 1310 . The memory 1320 can store various data; in addition, it also stores an information processing program 1330, and the program 1330 is executed under the control of the processor 1310.
例如,处理器1310可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第二方面或第四方面的实施例所述的方法。For example, the processor 1310 may be configured to execute a program to implement the method described in the embodiments of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
此外,如图13所示,网络设备1300还可以包括:收发机1340和天线1350等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,网络设备1300也并不是必须要包括图13中所示的所有部件;此外,网络设备1300还可以包括图13中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in Figure 13, the network device 1300 may also include: a transceiver 1340, an antenna 1350, etc.; the functions of the above components are similar to those of the existing technology and will not be described again here. It is worth noting that the network device 1300 does not necessarily include all components shown in Figure 13; in addition, the network device 1300 may also include components not shown in Figure 13, and reference may be made to the existing technology.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序,其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得所述终端设备执行第一方面或第三方面的实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program causes the terminal device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the first aspect or the third aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机程序使得 终端设备执行第一方面或第三方面的实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes the terminal device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the first aspect or the third aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序,其中当在网络设备中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得所述网络设备执行第二方面或第四方面的实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program causes the network device to execute the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机程序使得网络设备执行第二方面或第四方面的实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes a network device to perform the method described in the embodiment of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
本申请以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本申请涉及这样的计算机可读程序,当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时,能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件,或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。本申请还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质,如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。The above devices and methods of this application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware combined with software. The present application relates to a computer-readable program that, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the apparatus or component described above, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods described above or steps. This application also involves storage media used to store the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memories, etc.
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如,图中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合,既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块,亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块,可以分别对应于图中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。The methods/devices described in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of both. For example, one or more of the functional block diagrams and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure may correspond to each software module of the computer program flow, or may correspond to each hardware module. These software modules can respectively correspond to the various steps shown in the figure. These hardware modules can be implemented by solidifying these software modules using a field programmable gate array (FPGA), for example.
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息;或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中,也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如,若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置,则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置中。The software module may be located in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. A storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. The software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal. For example, if the device (such as a mobile terminal) uses a larger-capacity MEGA-SIM card or a large-capacity flash memory device, the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
针对附图中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,可以实现为用于执行本申请所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,还可以实现为计算设备的组合,例如,DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in the accompanying drawings may be implemented as a general-purpose processor or a digital signal processor (DSP) for performing the functions described in this application. ), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, or any appropriate combination thereof. One or more of the functional blocks and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks described in the accompanying drawings can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, or multiple microprocessors. processor, one or more microprocessors combined with DSP communications, or any other such configuration.
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述,但本领域技术人员应该清楚,这些 描述都是示例性的,并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改,这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。The present application has been described above in conjunction with specific embodiments, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that these descriptions are exemplary and do not limit the scope of protection of the present application. Those skilled in the art can make various variations and modifications to this application based on the spirit and principles of this application, and these variations and modifications are also within the scope of this application.
关于包括以上实施例的实施方式,还公开下述的附记:Regarding implementations including the above embodiments, the following additional notes are also disclosed:
1.一种非周期参考信号的接收方法,其中,所述方法包括:1. A method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, wherein the method includes:
终端设备接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The terminal device receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
所述终端设备接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The terminal device receives a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger an aperiodic reference signal;
所述终端设备接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The terminal equipment receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
2.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:2. The method according to appendix 1, wherein the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。A downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
3.根据附记1或2所述的方法,其中,3. The method described in Appendix 1 or 2, wherein,
所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。The QCL reference used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
4.根据附记1或2所述的方法,其中,4. The method described in Appendix 1 or 2, wherein,
所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,The QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
5.根据附记4所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:5. The method according to appendix 4, wherein the method further includes:
所述终端设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The terminal device receives first indication information, and the first indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
6.根据附记1或2所述的方法,其中,6. The method according to appendix 1 or 2, wherein,
所述第二DCI还包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域指示了接收所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态;The second DCI also includes a first indication field, the first indication field indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
所述终端设备使用所述第一指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。The terminal device uses the TCI status indicated by the first indication field as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
7.根据附记6所述的方法,其中,7. The method according to appendix 6, wherein,
所述第一指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the first indication field is 1 bit;
当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the first indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device Receive an aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收非周期参考信号。When the value of the first indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the terminal device An aperiodic reference signal is received using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
8.根据附记1-7任一项所述的方法,其中,8. The method according to any one of Appendix 1-7, wherein,
所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
所述第二DCI为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
所述参考信号请求域为CSI request;The reference signal request field is CSI request;
所述非周期参考信号为非周期CSI-RS。The aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
9.一种非周期参考信号的发送方法,其中,所述方法包括:9. A method for transmitting aperiodic reference signals, wherein the method includes:
网络设备发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The network device sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
所述网络设备发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
所述网络设备发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参 考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
10.根据附记9所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:10. The method of appendix 9, wherein the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和两个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and two uplink TCI states, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,所述两个下行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states and one uplink TCI state, the two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two downlink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and a downlink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个下行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。A downlink TCI state and a combined TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
11.根据附记9或10所述的方法,其中,11. The method according to appendix 9 or 10, wherein,
所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。The QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
12.根据附记9或10所述的方法,其中,12. The method according to appendix 9 or 10, wherein,
所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,The QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
13.根据附记12所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:13. The method according to appendix 12, wherein the method further includes:
所述网络设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The network device sends first indication information, and the first indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
14.根据附记9或10所述的方法,其中,14. The method according to appendix 9 or 10, wherein,
所述第二DCI还包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域指示了接收所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态,以便所述终端设备使用所述第一指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL 参考接收所述非周期参考信号。The second DCI also includes a first indication field that indicates the TCI state required to receive the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the TCI state indicated by the first indication field. The aperiodic reference signal is received as a QCL reference.
15.根据附记14所述的方法,其中,15. The method according to appendix 14, wherein,
所述第一指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the first indication field is 1 bit;
当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。When the value of the first indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1, the network device The network device sends the aperiodic reference signal using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
16.根据附记9-15任一项所述的方法,其中,16. The method according to any one of Appendix 9-15, wherein,
所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
所述第二DCI为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second DCI is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
所述参考信号请求域为CSI request;The reference signal request field is CSI request;
所述非周期参考信号为非周期CSI-RS。The aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic CSI-RS.
1’.一种非周期参考信号的发送方法,其中,所述方法包括:1’. A method of transmitting aperiodic reference signals, wherein the method includes:
终端设备接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态,所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The terminal device receives the first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states, the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
所述终端设备接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The terminal device receives a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger an aperiodic reference signal;
所述终端设备发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The terminal equipment sends the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
2’.根据附记1’所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:2’. The method according to appendix 1’, wherein the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和两个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态。An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
3’.根据附记1’或2’所述的方法,其中,3’. According to the method described in appendix 1’ or 2’, wherein,
所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。The QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
4’.根据附记1’或2’所述的方法,其中,4’. According to the method described in appendix 1’ or 2’, wherein,
所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,The QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second TCI state, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to transmit the aperiodic reference signal.
5’.根据附记4’所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:5’. The method according to appendix 4’, wherein the method further includes:
所述终端设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The terminal device receives second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
6’.根据附记1’或2’所述的方法,其中,6’. According to the method described in appendix 1’ or 2’, wherein,
所述第二DCI还包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域指示了发送所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态;The second DCI also includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal;
所述终端设备使用所述第二指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。The terminal device uses the TCI status indicated by the second indication field as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
7’.根据附记6’所述的方法,其中,7’. According to the method described in Appendix 6’, wherein,
所述第二指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the second indication field is 1 bit;
当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the second indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device Send an aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述终端设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述终端设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考发送非周期参考信号。When the value of the second indication field is 0, the terminal device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the terminal device The aperiodic reference signal is transmitted using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
8’.根据附记1’或2’所述的方法,其中,8’. According to the method described in appendix 1’ or 2’, wherein,
所述第二DCI的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合;The reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set;
所述终端设备使用所述SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。The terminal device uses the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
9’.根据附记8’所述的方法,其中,9’. According to the method described in Appendix 8’, wherein,
所述终端设备根据SRS资源集合和TCI状态的关联关系确定所述第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。The terminal device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
10’.根据附记1’-9’任一项所述的方法,其中,10’. The method according to any one of appendices 1’-9’, wherein,
所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
所述第二DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
所述参考信号请求域为SRS request;The reference signal request field is SRS request;
所述非周期参考信号为非周期SRS。The aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
11’.一种非周期参考信号的接收方法,其中,所述方法包括:11’. A method for receiving aperiodic reference signals, wherein the method includes:
网络设备发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;The network device sends a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
所述网络设备发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;The network device sends a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
所述网络设备接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
12’.根据附记11’所述的方法,其中,所述至少两个TCI状态包括以下之一:12’. The method according to appendix 11’, wherein the at least two TCI states include one of the following:
两个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two joint TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和两个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and two downlink TCI states, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态和一个下行TCI状态,所述两个上行TCI状态分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states and one downlink TCI state, the two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
两个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;Two uplink TCI states respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个联合TCI状态和一个上行TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二TCI状态;A joint TCI state and an uplink TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state;
一个上行TCI状态和一个联合TCI状态,分别对应所述第一TCI状态和所述第二 TCI状态。An uplink TCI state and a joint TCI state respectively correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
13’.根据附记11’或12’所述的方法,其中,13’. The method described in appendix 11’ or 12’, wherein,
所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考预定义为所述第一TCI状态或者为所述第二TCI状态。The QCL reference used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
14’.根据附记11’或12’所述的方法,其中,14’. The method described in appendix 11’ or 12’, wherein,
所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态不同的TCI状态,The QCL used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a TCI state different from the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time,
其中,in,
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;When the TCI state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time was the first TCI state, the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的TCI状态为所述第二TCI状态时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考来接收所述非周期参考信号。When the TCI state used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second TCI state, the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
15’.根据附记14’所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:15’. The method according to appendix 14’, wherein the method further includes:
所述网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的TCI状态作为QCL参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的TCI状态为所述第一TCI状态或者所述第二TCI状态。The network device sends second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default TCI state as the QCL reference to send the aperiodic reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. signal; the default TCI state is the first TCI state or the second TCI state.
16’.根据附记11’或12’所述的方法,其中,16’. According to the method described in appendix 11’ or 12’, wherein,
所述第二DCI还包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域指示了发送所述非周期参考信号所需使用的TCI状态,以便所述终端设备使用所述第二指示域指示的TCI状态作为QCL参考发送所述非周期参考信号。The second DCI also includes a second indication field. The second indication field indicates the TCI state required to send the aperiodic reference signal, so that the terminal device uses the TCI state indicated by the second indication field. The aperiodic reference signal is sent as a QCL reference.
17’.根据附记16’所述的方法,其中,17’. According to the method described in Appendix 16’, wherein,
所述第二指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the second indication field is 1 bit;
当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the first TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the second TCI state as a QCL reference; or
当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述网络设备使用所述第二TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述网络设备使用所述第一TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。When the value of the second indication field is 0, the network device uses the second TCI state as a QCL reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, the network device The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the first TCI state as a QCL reference.
18’.根据附记11’或12’所述的方法,其中,18’. According to the method described in Appendix 11’ or 12’, wherein,
所述第二DCI的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号(SRS)资源集合;The reference signal request indication field of the second DCI also indicates a sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set;
所述网络设备使用所述SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态作为QCL参考接收所述非周期参考信号。The network device receives the aperiodic reference signal using the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set as a QCL reference.
19’.根据附记18’所述的方法,其中,19’. According to the method described in Appendix 18’, wherein,
所述网络设备根据SRS资源集合和TCI状态的关联关系确定所述第二DCI指示的SRS资源集合所关联的TCI状态。The network device determines the TCI state associated with the SRS resource set indicated by the second DCI according to the association relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
20’.根据附记11’-19’任一项所述的方法,其中,20’. The method according to any one of Appendix 11’-19’, wherein,
所述第一DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
所述第二DCI为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
所述参考信号请求域为SRS request;The reference signal request field is SRS request;
所述非周期参考信号为非周期SRS。The aperiodic reference signal is aperiodic SRS.
1a.一种终端设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记1至8以及1’至10’任一项所述的方法。1a. A terminal device, including a memory and a processor, the memory stores a computer program, the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement any one of appendices 1 to 8 and 1' to 10' the method described.
2a.一种网络设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记9至16以及11’至20’任一项所述的方法。2a. A network device, including a memory and a processor, the memory stores a computer program, the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement any one of appendices 9 to 16 and 11' to 20' the method described.
3a.一种通信系统,包括网络设备和终端设备,其中:3a. A communication system, including network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein:
所述网络设备被配置为:The network equipment is configured to:
发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;Send a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;Send a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关;Send the aperiodic reference signal, and the QCL reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states;
所述终端设备被配置为:The terminal device is configured as:
接收所述第一DCI;receiving the first DCI;
接收所述第二DCI;receiving the second DCI;
接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The aperiodic reference signal is received, and a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.
4a.一种通信系统,包括网络设备和终端设备,其中:4a. A communication system, including network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein:
所述网络设备被配置为:The network equipment is configured to:
发送第一DCI,所述第一DCI包含TCI域,所述TCI域指示至少两个TCI状态;所述至少两个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态;Send a first DCI, the first DCI includes a TCI field, the TCI field indicates at least two TCI states; the at least two TCI states include a first TCI state and a second TCI state;
发送第二DCI,所述第二DCI包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;Send a second DCI, the second DCI includes a reference signal request field, the reference signal request field is used to trigger the aperiodic reference signal;
接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关;receiving the aperiodic reference signal, a QCL reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal being related to the at least two TCI states;
所述终端设备被配置为:The terminal device is configured as:
接收所述第一DCI;receiving the first DCI;
接收所述接收第二DCI;receiving said receiving second DCI;
发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的QCL参考与所述至少两个TCI状态有关。The aperiodic reference signal is transmitted, and a QCL reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two TCI states.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种非周期参考信号的接收装置,其中,所述装置包括:A device for receiving aperiodic reference signals, wherein the device includes:
    第一接收单元,其接收第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息包含传输配置指示域,所述传输配置指示域指示至少两个传输配置指示状态,所述至少两个传输配置指示状态包括第一传输配置指示状态和第二传输配置指示状态;A first receiving unit that receives first downlink control information. The first downlink control information includes a transmission configuration indication field. The transmission configuration indication field indicates at least two transmission configuration indication states. The at least two transmission configurations indicate The indication status includes a first transmission configuration indication status and a second transmission configuration indication status;
    第二接收单元,其接收第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second receiving unit that receives second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
    第三接收单元,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考与所述至少两个传输配置指示状态有关。A third receiving unit is configured to receive the aperiodic reference signal, and a quasi-co-located reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two transmission configuration indication states.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,所述至少两个传输配置指示状态包括以下之一:The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the at least two transmission configuration indication states include one of the following:
    两个联合传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two joint transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个下行传输配置指示状态和两个上行传输配置指示状态,所述两个下行传输配置指示状态分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two downlink transmission configuration indication states and two uplink transmission configuration indication states, the two downlink transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个下行传输配置指示状态和一个上行传输配置指示状态,所述两个下行传输配置指示状态分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two downlink transmission configuration indication states and one uplink transmission configuration indication state, the two downlink transmission configuration indication states respectively corresponding to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个下行传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two downlink transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    一个联合传输配置指示状态和一个下行传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;A joint transmission configuration indication state and a downlink transmission configuration indication state respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    一个下行传输配置指示状态和一个联合传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态。A downlink transmission configuration indication state and a joint transmission configuration indication state respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 1, wherein:
    所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考预定义为所述第一传输配置指示状态或者为所述第二传输配置指示状态。The quasi-co-located reference for receiving the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first transmission configuration indication state or as the second transmission configuration indication state.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 1, wherein:
    所述用于接收所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考为与上次接收非周期参考信号所使 用的传输配置指示状态不同的传输配置指示状态,The quasi-co-located reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is a transmission configuration indication state different from the transmission configuration indication state used to receive the aperiodic reference signal last time,
    其中,in,
    上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的传输配置指示状态为所述第一传输配置指示状态时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;When the transmission configuration indication state used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal last time is the first transmission configuration indication state, the third receiving unit uses the second transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the non-periodic reference signal. periodic reference signal;
    上次接收非周期参考信号所使用的传输配置指示状态为所述第二传输配置指示状态时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来接收所述非周期参考信号。When the transmission configuration indication state used for receiving the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second transmission configuration indication state, the third receiving unit uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the non-periodic reference signal. Periodic reference signal.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device of claim 4, further comprising:
    第四接收单元,其接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来接收所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的传输配置指示状态为所述第一传输配置指示状态或者所述第二传输配置指示状态。The fourth receiving unit receives the first indication information, which instructs the terminal device to use the default transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. The aperiodic reference signal; the default transmission configuration indication state is the first transmission configuration indication state or the second transmission configuration indication state.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 1, wherein:
    所述第二下行控制信息还包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域指示了接收所述非周期参考信号所需使用的传输配置指示状态;The second downlink control information further includes a first indication field, the first indication field indicates the transmission configuration indication status required to receive the aperiodic reference signal;
    所述第三接收单元使用所述第一指示域指示的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收所述非周期参考信号。The third receiving unit uses the transmission configuration indication status indicated by the first indication field as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 6, wherein:
    所述第一指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the first indication field is 1 bit;
    当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1 When, the third receiving unit uses the second transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; or
    当所述第一指示域的值为0时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收非周期参考信号;当所述第一指示域的值为1时,所述第三接收单元使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收非周期参考信号。When the value of the first indication field is 0, the third receiving unit uses the second transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the first indication field is 1 When , the third receiving unit uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 1, wherein:
    所述第一下行控制信息为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first downlink control information is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
    所述第二下行控制信息为DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second downlink control information is DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
    所述参考信号请求域为CSI request;The reference signal request field is CSI request;
    所述非周期参考信号为非周期信道状态信息参考信号。The aperiodic reference signal is an aperiodic channel state information reference signal.
  9. 一种非周期参考信号的发送装置,其中,所述装置包括:A device for sending aperiodic reference signals, wherein the device includes:
    第一接收单元,其接收第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息包含传输配置指示域,所述传输配置指示域指示至少两个传输配置指示状态,所述至少两个传输配置指示状态包括第一传输配置指示状态和第二传输配置指示状态;A first receiving unit that receives first downlink control information. The first downlink control information includes a transmission configuration indication field. The transmission configuration indication field indicates at least two transmission configuration indication states. The at least two transmission configurations indicate The indication status includes a first transmission configuration indication status and a second transmission configuration indication status;
    第二接收单元,其接收第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;a second receiving unit that receives second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
    发送单元,其发送所述非周期参考信号,用于发送所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考与所述至少两个传输配置指示状态有关。A sending unit, which sends the aperiodic reference signal, and a quasi-co-located reference used to send the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two transmission configuration indication states.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,所述至少两个传输配置指示状态包括以下之一:The apparatus of claim 9, wherein the at least two transmission configuration indication states include one of the following:
    两个联合传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two joint transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个上行传输配置指示状态和两个下行传输配置指示状态,所述两个上行传输配置指示状态分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two uplink transmission configuration indication states and two downlink transmission configuration indication states, the two uplink transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个上行传输配置指示状态和一个下行传输配置指示状态,所述两个上行传输配置指示状态分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two uplink transmission configuration indication states and one downlink transmission configuration indication state, the two uplink transmission configuration indication states respectively corresponding to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    两个上行传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;Two uplink transmission configuration indication states respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state;
    一个联合传输配置指示状态和一个上行传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态;A joint transmission configuration indication status and an uplink transmission configuration indication status respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication status and the second transmission configuration indication status;
    一个上行传输配置指示状态和一个联合传输配置指示状态,分别对应所述第一传输配置指示状态和所述第二传输配置指示状态。An uplink transmission configuration indication state and a joint transmission configuration indication state respectively correspond to the first transmission configuration indication state and the second transmission configuration indication state.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 9, wherein:
    所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考预定义为所述第一传输配置指示状态或者为所述第二传输配置指示状态。The quasi-co-located reference for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is predefined as the first transmission configuration indication state or as the second transmission configuration indication state.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 9, wherein:
    所述用于发送所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考为与上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的传输配置指示状态不同的传输配置指示状态,The quasi-co-located reference used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal is a transmission configuration indication state different from the transmission configuration indication state used for transmitting the aperiodic reference signal last time,
    其中,in,
    上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的传输配置指示状态为所述第一传输配置指示状态时,终端设备使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;When the transmission configuration indication state used for sending the aperiodic reference signal last time is the first transmission configuration indication state, the terminal device uses the second transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-location reference to send the aperiodic reference signal;
    上次发送非周期参考信号所使用的传输配置指示状态为所述第二传输配置指示状态时,终端设备使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来发送所述非周期参考信号。When the transmission configuration indication state used to send the aperiodic reference signal last time is the second transmission configuration indication state, the terminal device uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-location reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device of claim 12, wherein the device further comprises:
    第三接收单元,其接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述终端设备在所述非周期参考信号被第一次触发时,使用默认的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考来发送所述非周期参考信号;所述默认的传输配置指示状态为所述第一传输配置指示状态或者所述第二传输配置指示状态。The third receiving unit receives second indication information, the second indication information instructs the terminal device to use the default transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference when the aperiodic reference signal is triggered for the first time. The aperiodic reference signal is sent; the default transmission configuration indication state is the first transmission configuration indication state or the second transmission configuration indication state.
  14. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 9, wherein:
    所述第二下行控制信息还包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域指示了发送所述非周期参考信号所需使用的传输配置指示状态;The second downlink control information also includes a second indication field, the second indication field indicates the transmission configuration indication status required to send the aperiodic reference signal;
    所述发送单元使用所述第二指示域指示的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送所述非周期参考信号。The sending unit uses the transmission configuration indication status indicated by the second indication field as a quasi-co-located reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 14, wherein:
    所述第二指示域的域宽度为1比特;The field width of the second indication field is 1 bit;
    当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述发送单元使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述发送单元使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送非周期参考信号;或者When the value of the second indication field is 0, the sending unit uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, The sending unit uses the second transmission configuration indication status as a quasi-co-located reference to send aperiodic reference signals; or
    当所述第二指示域的值为0时,所述发送单元使用所述第二传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送非周期参考信号;当所述第二指示域的值为1时,所述发送单元使用所述第一传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送非周期参考信号。When the value of the second indication field is 0, the sending unit uses the second transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to send an aperiodic reference signal; when the value of the second indication field is 1, The sending unit uses the first transmission configuration indication state as a quasi-co-located reference to send aperiodic reference signals.
  16. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 9, wherein:
    所述第二下行控制信息的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号资源集合;The reference signal request indication field of the second downlink control information also indicates a sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述发送单元使用所述探测参考信号资源集合所关联的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考发送所述非周期参考信号。The sending unit uses the transmission configuration indication status associated with the sounding reference signal resource set as a quasi-co-located reference to send the aperiodic reference signal.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 16, wherein:
    所述发送单元根据探测参考信号资源集合和传输配置指示状态的关联关系确定所述 第二下行控制信息指示的探测参考信号资源集合所关联的传输配置指示状态。The sending unit determines the transmission configuration indication state associated with the sounding reference signal resource set indicated by the second downlink control information according to the association relationship between the sounding reference signal resource set and the transmission configuration indication state.
  18. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 9, wherein:
    所述第一下行控制信息为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2;The first downlink control information is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2;
    所述第二下行控制信息为DCI格式1_1或者DCI格式1_2或者DCI格式0_1或者DCI格式0_2;The second downlink control information is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 or DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2;
    所述参考信号请求域为SRS request;The reference signal request field is SRS request;
    所述非周期参考信号为非周期探测参考信号。The aperiodic reference signal is an aperiodic detection reference signal.
  19. 一种非周期参考信号的接收装置,其中,所述装置包括:A device for receiving aperiodic reference signals, wherein the device includes:
    第一发送单元,其发送第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息包含传输配置指示域,所述传输配置指示域指示至少两个传输配置指示状态;所述至少两个传输配置指示状态包括第一传输配置指示状态和第二传输配置指示状态;A first sending unit that sends first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information includes a transmission configuration indication field, and the transmission configuration indication field indicates at least two transmission configuration indication states; the at least two transmission configurations The indication status includes a first transmission configuration indication status and a second transmission configuration indication status;
    第二发送单元,其发送第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息包含参考信号请求域,所述参考信号请求域用于触发非周期参考信号;A second sending unit that sends second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information includes a reference signal request field, and the reference signal request field is used to trigger aperiodic reference signals;
    接收单元,其接收所述非周期参考信号,用于接收所述非周期参考信号的准共址参考与所述至少两个传输配置指示状态有关。A receiving unit that receives the aperiodic reference signal, and a quasi-colocated reference used to receive the aperiodic reference signal is related to the at least two transmission configuration indication states.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 19, wherein:
    所述第二下行控制信息的所述参考信号请求指示域还指示了探测参考信号资源集合;The reference signal request indication field of the second downlink control information also indicates a sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述接收单元使用所述探测参考信号资源集合所关联的传输配置指示状态作为准共址参考接收所述非周期参考信号,The receiving unit uses the transmission configuration indication status associated with the sounding reference signal resource set as a quasi-co-located reference to receive the aperiodic reference signal,
    其中,所述接收单元根据探测参考信号资源集合和传输配置指示状态的关联关系确定所述第二下行控制信息指示的探测参考信号资源集合所关联的传输配置指示状态。Wherein, the receiving unit determines the transmission configuration indication state associated with the sounding reference signal resource set indicated by the second downlink control information according to the association relationship between the sounding reference signal resource set and the transmission configuration indication state.
PCT/CN2022/111822 2022-08-11 2022-08-11 Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus WO2024031547A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/111822 WO2024031547A1 (en) 2022-08-11 2022-08-11 Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/111822 WO2024031547A1 (en) 2022-08-11 2022-08-11 Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024031547A1 true WO2024031547A1 (en) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850358

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/111822 WO2024031547A1 (en) 2022-08-11 2022-08-11 Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024031547A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021205417A1 (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Receiving time overlapping downlink reference signals and channels
WO2021203272A1 (en) * 2020-04-08 2021-10-14 Apple Inc. Quasi-co-located assumption for aperiodic csi-rs for multi-trp operation
CN114765515A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-19 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Method and device for aperiodic channel state information reporting and related equipment
CN114788328A (en) * 2020-06-19 2022-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for transmitting control information
US20220247538A1 (en) * 2021-02-01 2022-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for joint and separate beam indication

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021203272A1 (en) * 2020-04-08 2021-10-14 Apple Inc. Quasi-co-located assumption for aperiodic csi-rs for multi-trp operation
WO2021205417A1 (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Receiving time overlapping downlink reference signals and channels
CN114788328A (en) * 2020-06-19 2022-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for transmitting control information
CN114765515A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-19 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Method and device for aperiodic channel state information reporting and related equipment
US20220247538A1 (en) * 2021-02-01 2022-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for joint and separate beam indication

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
VIVO: "Remaining issues on aperiodic CSI-RS triggering", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2000348, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20200224 - 20200306, 14 February 2020 (2020-02-14), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051852830 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200304263A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Indicating and Receiving Signaling, and Communication System
US20200059341A1 (en) Method and device for code block grouping
WO2018228535A1 (en) Transmission method, network device, and terminal
US11405938B2 (en) Resource configuration method, resource determination method, apparatuses thereof and communication system
US20210168846A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
US20210410124A1 (en) Signal reception or transmission method and apparatus and system
WO2019157663A1 (en) Method and device for indicating transmission location of reference signal resource and communication system
US11582736B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus and communication system
WO2020211096A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2019028771A1 (en) Data transmission method and terminal device
WO2019080132A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
WO2022151299A1 (en) Indication information reporting method and apparatus, and indication information receiving method and apparatus
WO2021031042A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for sending and receiving signals
WO2020206581A1 (en) Signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2019028760A1 (en) Resource indicating method and device, receiving method and device, and communication system
WO2020143064A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021088976A1 (en) Information processing method and related device
WO2018201936A1 (en) Method for transmitting information, method for receiving information, network device and terminal device
WO2022027518A1 (en) Method for sending uplink data, apparatus, and system
WO2024031547A1 (en) Non-periodic reference signal receiving and sending methods and apparatus
WO2023206302A1 (en) Signal sending apparatus and method, and signal receiving apparatus and method
WO2024026858A1 (en) Uplink data transmitting apparatus and method, and uplink data receiving apparatus and method
WO2023206293A1 (en) Signal sending apparatus and method, and signal receiving apparatus and method
WO2018171443A1 (en) Method and device for determining power control configuration
WO2024031505A1 (en) Signal receiving method, signal sending method, and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22954514

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1